Commit | Line | Data |
---|---|---|
9a21d88b KS |
1 | GNU Emacs NEWS -- history of user-visible changes. 2006-06-04 |
2 | Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 | |
73a6a972 | 3 | Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
a933dad1 DL |
4 | See the end for copying conditions. |
5 | ||
6 | Please send Emacs bug reports to bug-gnu-emacs@gnu.org. | |
9a21d88b KS |
7 | If possible, use M-x report-emacs-bug. |
8 | ||
9 | This file is about changes in emacs version 22. | |
10 | ||
11 | See files NEWS.21, NEWS.20, NEWS.19, NEWS.18, and NEWS.1-17 for changes | |
12 | in older emacs versions. | |
13 | ||
14 | You can narrow news to a specific version by calling `view-emacs-news' | |
15 | with a prefix argument or by typing C-u C-h C-n. | |
a933dad1 | 16 | |
ad8d610b KS |
17 | Temporary note: |
18 | +++ indicates that the appropriate manual has already been updated. | |
19 | --- means no change in the manuals is called for. | |
20 | When you add a new item, please add it without either +++ or --- | |
1a0b9ae4 | 21 | so we will look at it and add it to the manual. |
ad8d610b | 22 | |
05197f40 | 23 | \f |
bf247b6e | 24 | * Installation Changes in Emacs 22.1 |
76fb24bb | 25 | |
7e995a23 | 26 | --- |
30b0da81 RS |
27 | ** Emacs now supports new configure options `--program-prefix', |
28 | `--program-suffix' and `--program-transform-name' that affect the names of | |
29 | installed programs. | |
1ebd4f78 | 30 | |
bc83b22b | 31 | --- |
30b0da81 | 32 | ** Emacs can now be built without sound support. |
bc83b22b | 33 | |
a775dff4 | 34 | --- |
0571f2d8 | 35 | ** You can build Emacs with Gtk+ widgets by specifying `--with-x-toolkit=gtk' |
3430357a | 36 | when you run configure. This requires Gtk+ 2.4 or newer. This port |
7bea57c9 | 37 | provides a way to display multilingual text in menus (with some caveats). |
0571f2d8 | 38 | |
a775dff4 | 39 | --- |
7404c0d4 | 40 | ** The `emacsserver' program has been removed, replaced with Lisp code. |
4208da83 | 41 | |
a61e1d8f EZ |
42 | --- |
43 | ** The `yow' program has been removed. | |
44 | Use the corresponding Emacs feature instead. | |
45 | ||
2b6bb1f2 | 46 | --- |
81f755ae | 47 | ** By default, Emacs now uses a setgid helper program to update game |
672ab90b | 48 | scores. The directory ${localstatedir}/games/emacs is the normal |
da9356b0 | 49 | place for game scores to be stored. You can control this with the |
672ab90b CW |
50 | configure option `--with-game-dir'. The specific user that Emacs uses |
51 | to own the game scores is controlled by `--with-game-user'. If access | |
5167cfda CW |
52 | to a game user is not available, then scores will be stored separately |
53 | in each user's home directory. | |
81f755ae | 54 | |
cd7d2d9e EZ |
55 | --- |
56 | ** Leim is now part of the Emacs distribution. | |
57 | You no longer need to download a separate tarball in order to build | |
58 | Emacs with Leim. | |
59 | ||
4e5cdb4f KS |
60 | +++ |
61 | ** The Emacs Lisp Reference Manual is now part of the distribution. | |
62 | ||
406c0f12 | 63 | The Emacs Lisp Reference Manual in Info format is built as part of the |
4e5cdb4f KS |
64 | Emacs build procedure and installed together with the Emacs User |
65 | Manual. A menu item was added to the menu bar that makes it easy | |
66 | accessible (Help->More Manuals->Emacs Lisp Reference). | |
67 | ||
68 | --- | |
69 | ** The Introduction to Programming in Emacs Lisp manual is now part of | |
70 | the distribution. | |
71 | ||
72 | This manual is now part of the standard distribution and is installed, | |
73 | together with the Emacs User Manual, into the Info directory. A menu | |
74 | item was added to the menu bar that makes it easy accessible | |
75 | (Help->More Manuals->Introduction to Emacs Lisp). | |
76 | ||
30b0da81 | 77 | --- |
406c0f12 | 78 | ** New translations of the Emacs Tutorial are available in the |
fa2b23e5 KS |
79 | following languages: Brasilian Portuguese, Bulgarian, Chinese (both |
80 | with simplified and traditional characters), French, and Italian. | |
81 | Type `C-u C-h t' to choose one of them in case your language setup | |
82 | doesn't automatically select the right one. | |
30b0da81 | 83 | |
8634222f | 84 | --- |
c7292dcb | 85 | ** A Portuguese translation of Emacs' reference card has been added. |
8634222f EZ |
86 | Its name is `pt-br-refcard.tex'. The corresponding PostScript file is |
87 | also included. | |
88 | ||
89 | ||
30b0da81 RS |
90 | --- |
91 | ** A French translation of the `Emacs Survival Guide' is available. | |
92 | ||
93 | --- | |
94 | ** Emacs now includes support for loading image libraries on demand. | |
95 | (Currently this feature is only used on MS Windows.) You can configure | |
96 | the supported image types and their associated dynamic libraries by | |
97 | setting the variable `image-library-alist'. | |
98 | ||
a775dff4 | 99 | --- |
a61e1d8f | 100 | ** Support for a Cygwin build of Emacs was added. |
c60ee5e7 | 101 | |
a17b3614 | 102 | --- |
1096bcc0 GM |
103 | ** Support for FreeBSD/Alpha has been added. |
104 | ||
84913e36 EZ |
105 | --- |
106 | ** Support for GNU/Linux systems on S390 machines was added. | |
107 | ||
82e119fb EZ |
108 | --- |
109 | ** Support for MacOS X was added. | |
110 | See the files mac/README and mac/INSTALL for build instructions. | |
111 | ||
2b6bb1f2 | 112 | --- |
3fa4ac47 | 113 | ** Support for GNU/Linux systems on X86-64 machines was added. |
16927a56 | 114 | |
a775dff4 | 115 | --- |
561a8f98 YM |
116 | ** Mac OS 9 port now uses the Carbon API by default. You can also |
117 | create non-Carbon build by specifying `NonCarbon' as a target. See | |
118 | the files mac/README and mac/INSTALL for build instructions. | |
119 | ||
4e5cdb4f | 120 | --- |
d7107586 SM |
121 | ** Building with -DENABLE_CHECKING does not automatically build with union |
122 | types any more. Add -DUSE_LISP_UNION_TYPE if you want union types. | |
c44da964 RS |
123 | |
124 | --- | |
125 | ** When pure storage overflows while dumping, Emacs now prints how | |
126 | much pure storage it will approximately need. | |
0854cf42 NF |
127 | |
128 | ** The script etc/emacs-buffer.gdb can be used with gdb to retrieve the | |
129 | contents of buffers from a core dump and save them to files easily, should | |
130 | emacs crash. | |
131 | ||
a4238460 EZ |
132 | --- |
133 | ** The Emacs terminal emulation in term.el uses a different terminfo name. | |
134 | The Emacs terminal emulation in term.el now uses "eterm-color" as its | |
135 | terminfo name, since term.el now supports color. | |
136 | ||
4ac4f9ce RF |
137 | --- |
138 | ** Emacs Lisp source files are compressed by default if `gzip' is available. | |
139 | ||
4e5cdb4f | 140 | \f |
406c0f12 | 141 | * Startup Changes in Emacs 22.1 |
d2d70cb6 | 142 | |
a6b017c9 | 143 | +++ |
30b0da81 RS |
144 | ** New command line option -Q or --quick. |
145 | This is like using -q --no-site-file, but in addition it also disables | |
146 | the fancy startup screen. | |
40062616 | 147 | |
c9a0bd66 | 148 | +++ |
30b0da81 RS |
149 | ** New command line option -D or --basic-display. |
150 | Disables the menu-bar, the tool-bar, the scroll-bars, tool tips, and | |
151 | the blinking cursor. | |
c9a0bd66 | 152 | |
6d42bedc | 153 | +++ |
30b0da81 RS |
154 | ** New command line option -nbc or --no-blinking-cursor disables |
155 | the blinking cursor on graphical terminals. | |
d3cd3365 | 156 | |
f3c2dbe9 EZ |
157 | +++ |
158 | ** The option --script FILE runs Emacs in batch mode and loads FILE. | |
159 | It is useful for writing Emacs Lisp shell script files, because they | |
160 | can start with this line: | |
161 | ||
162 | #!/usr/bin/emacs --script | |
163 | ||
164 | +++ | |
165 | ** The option --directory DIR now modifies `load-path' immediately. | |
166 | Directories are added to the front of `load-path' in the order they | |
167 | appear on the command line. For example, with this command line: | |
168 | ||
169 | emacs -batch -L .. -L /tmp --eval "(require 'foo)" | |
170 | ||
171 | Emacs looks for library `foo' in the parent directory, then in /tmp, then | |
172 | in the other directories in `load-path'. (-L is short for --directory.) | |
173 | ||
7e995a23 | 174 | +++ |
30b0da81 RS |
175 | ** The command line option --no-windows has been changed to |
176 | --no-window-system. The old one still works, but is deprecated. | |
7e995a23 | 177 | |
288f0d64 EZ |
178 | --- |
179 | ** If the environment variable DISPLAY specifies an unreachable X display, | |
180 | Emacs will now startup as if invoked with the --no-window-system option. | |
181 | ||
30b0da81 RS |
182 | +++ |
183 | ** The -f option, used from the command line to call a function, | |
184 | now reads arguments for the function interactively if it is | |
185 | an interactively callable function. | |
7e995a23 | 186 | |
da9356b0 RS |
187 | +++ |
188 | ** When you specify a frame size with --geometry, the size applies to | |
189 | all frames you create. A position specified with --geometry only | |
190 | affects the initial frame. | |
191 | ||
30b0da81 RS |
192 | +++ |
193 | ** Emacs can now be invoked in full-screen mode on a windowed display. | |
194 | When Emacs is invoked on a window system, the new command-line options | |
195 | `--fullwidth', `--fullheight', and `--fullscreen' produce a frame | |
196 | whose width, height, or both width and height take up the entire | |
197 | screen size. (For now, this does not work with some window managers.) | |
7c0d8896 | 198 | |
30b0da81 RS |
199 | +++ |
200 | ** Emacs now displays a splash screen by default even if command-line | |
201 | arguments were given. The new command-line option --no-splash | |
202 | disables the splash screen; see also the variable | |
203 | `inhibit-startup-message' (which is also aliased as | |
204 | `inhibit-splash-screen'). | |
a5f25dcd | 205 | |
0597ab12 | 206 | +++ |
f7735be5 | 207 | ** The default is now to use a bitmap as the icon, so the command-line options |
f9e36a6d | 208 | --icon-type, -i has been replaced with options --no-bitmap-icon, -nbi to turn |
0597ab12 JD |
209 | the bitmap icon off. |
210 | ||
30b0da81 RS |
211 | +++ |
212 | ** New user option `inhibit-startup-buffer-menu'. | |
213 | When loading many files, for instance with `emacs *', Emacs normally | |
214 | displays a buffer menu. This option turns the buffer menu off. | |
a57e098f | 215 | |
30b0da81 RS |
216 | +++ |
217 | ** Init file changes | |
e982b86f CY |
218 | If the init file ~/.emacs does not exist, Emacs will try |
219 | ~/.emacs.d/init.el or ~/.emacs.d/init.elc. You can also put the shell | |
220 | init file .emacs_SHELL under ~/.emacs.d. | |
f4931aac | 221 | |
a775dff4 | 222 | +++ |
30b0da81 RS |
223 | ** Emacs now reads the standard abbrevs file ~/.abbrev_defs |
224 | automatically at startup, if it exists. When Emacs offers to save | |
225 | modified buffers, it saves the abbrevs too if they have changed. It | |
226 | can do this either silently or asking for confirmation first, | |
227 | according to the value of `save-abbrevs'. | |
c44da964 RS |
228 | \f |
229 | * Incompatible Editing Changes in Emacs 22.1 | |
230 | ||
231 | +++ | |
232 | ** M-g is now a prefix key. | |
233 | M-g g and M-g M-g run goto-line. | |
234 | M-g n and M-g M-n run next-error (like C-x `). | |
235 | M-g p and M-g M-p run previous-error. | |
236 | ||
237 | +++ | |
238 | ** C-u M-g M-g switches to the most recent previous buffer, | |
239 | and goes to the specified line in that buffer. | |
240 | ||
241 | When goto-line starts to execute, if there's a number in the buffer at | |
242 | point then it acts as the default argument for the minibuffer. | |
243 | ||
244 | +++ | |
245 | ** The old bindings C-M-delete and C-M-backspace have been deleted, | |
246 | since there are situations where one or the other will shut down | |
247 | the operating system or your X server. | |
248 | ||
249 | +++ | |
250 | ** line-move-ignore-invisible now defaults to t. | |
251 | ||
252 | +++ | |
253 | ** When the undo information of the current command gets really large | |
254 | (beyond the value of `undo-outer-limit'), Emacs discards it and warns | |
255 | you about it. | |
256 | ||
257 | +++ | |
258 | ** `apply-macro-to-region-lines' now operates on all lines that begin | |
259 | in the region, rather than on all complete lines in the region. | |
260 | ||
261 | +++ | |
262 | ** A prefix argument is no longer required to repeat a jump to a | |
e082564e RS |
263 | previous mark if you set `set-mark-command-repeat-pop' to t. I.e. C-u |
264 | C-SPC C-SPC C-SPC ... cycles through the mark ring. Use C-u C-u C-SPC | |
265 | to set the mark immediately after a jump. | |
c44da964 RS |
266 | |
267 | +++ | |
268 | ** The info-search bindings on C-h C-f, C-h C-k and C-h C-i | |
269 | have been moved to C-h F, C-h K and C-h S. | |
270 | ||
271 | +++ | |
272 | ** In incremental search, C-w is changed. M-%, C-M-w and C-M-y are special. | |
273 | ||
274 | See below under "incremental search changes". | |
275 | ||
276 | --- | |
277 | ** C-x C-f RET, typing nothing in the minibuffer, is no longer a special case. | |
278 | ||
279 | Since the default input is the current directory, this has the effect | |
280 | of specifying the current directory. Normally that means to visit the | |
281 | directory with Dired. | |
282 | ||
afabbb4d RS |
283 | You can get the old behavior by typing C-x C-f M-n RET, which fetches |
284 | the actual file name into the minibuffer. | |
285 | ||
c44da964 RS |
286 | +++ |
287 | ** The completion commands TAB, SPC and ? in the minibuffer apply only | |
288 | to the text before point. If there is text in the buffer after point, | |
289 | it remains unchanged. | |
290 | ||
2663a204 | 291 | +++ |
1101d5df EZ |
292 | ** When Emacs prompts for file names, SPC no longer completes the file name. |
293 | This is so filenames with embedded spaces could be input without the | |
294 | need to quote the space with a C-q. The underlying changes in the | |
295 | keymaps that are active in the minibuffer are described below under | |
296 | "New keymaps for typing file names". | |
297 | ||
c44da964 RS |
298 | +++ |
299 | ** M-o now is the prefix key for setting text properties; | |
300 | M-o M-o requests refontification. | |
301 | ||
302 | +++ | |
303 | ** You can now follow links by clicking Mouse-1 on the link. | |
bc8113ba | 304 | |
c44da964 RS |
305 | See below for more details. |
306 | ||
307 | +++ | |
308 | ** In Dired's ! command (dired-do-shell-command), `*' and `?' now | |
309 | control substitution of the file names only when they are surrounded | |
310 | by whitespace. This means you can now use them as shell wildcards | |
311 | too. If you want to use just plain `*' as a wildcard, type `*""'; the | |
312 | doublequotes make no difference in the shell, but they prevent | |
313 | special treatment in `dired-do-shell-command'. | |
406c0f12 RS |
314 | \f |
315 | * Editing Changes in Emacs 22.1 | |
316 | ||
107fb6c9 RS |
317 | +++ |
318 | ** !MEM FULL! at the start of the mode line indicates that Emacs | |
319 | cannot get any more memory for Lisp data. This often means it could | |
320 | crash soon if you do things that use more memory. On most systems, | |
321 | killing buffers will get out of this state. If killing buffers does | |
322 | not make !MEM FULL! disappear, you should save your work and start | |
323 | a new Emacs. | |
324 | ||
da9356b0 RS |
325 | +++ |
326 | ** The max size of buffers and integers has been doubled. | |
327 | On 32bit machines, it is now 256M (i.e. 268435455). | |
328 | ||
406c0f12 | 329 | +++ |
f4695519 | 330 | ** You can now switch buffers in a cyclic order with C-x C-left |
8a5db8ae | 331 | (previous-buffer) and C-x C-right (next-buffer). C-x left and |
f4695519 KL |
332 | C-x right can be used as well. The functions keep a different buffer |
333 | cycle for each frame, using the frame-local buffer list. | |
c44da964 RS |
334 | |
335 | +++ | |
336 | ** `undo-only' does an undo which does not redo any previous undo. | |
337 | ||
338 | +++ | |
339 | ** M-SPC (just-one-space) when given a numeric argument N | |
340 | converts whitespace around point to N spaces. | |
406c0f12 | 341 | |
3b4a1f68 RS |
342 | --- |
343 | ** C-x 5 C-o displays a specified buffer in another frame | |
344 | but does not switch to that frame. It's the multi-frame | |
345 | analogue of C-x 4 C-o. | |
346 | ||
406c0f12 RS |
347 | --- |
348 | ** New commands to operate on pairs of open and close characters: | |
349 | `insert-pair', `delete-pair', `raise-sexp'. | |
350 | ||
2ac7dc55 | 351 | +++ |
30b0da81 RS |
352 | ** New command `kill-whole-line' kills an entire line at once. |
353 | By default, it is bound to C-S-<backspace>. | |
4ac3afb9 | 354 | |
5086e75d | 355 | +++ |
30b0da81 RS |
356 | ** Yanking text now discards certain text properties that can |
357 | be inconvenient when you did not expect them. The variable | |
358 | `yank-excluded-properties' specifies which ones. Insertion | |
359 | of register contents and rectangles also discards these properties. | |
5086e75d | 360 | |
4d894c98 | 361 | +++ |
30b0da81 RS |
362 | ** The default values of paragraph-start and indent-line-function have |
363 | been changed to reflect those used in Text mode rather than those used | |
364 | in Indented-Text mode. | |
4d894c98 | 365 | |
7d01236c | 366 | +++ |
c44da964 | 367 | ** M-x setenv now expands environment variable references. |
da9356b0 | 368 | |
c44da964 RS |
369 | Substrings of the form `$foo' and `${foo}' in the specified new value |
370 | now refer to the value of environment variable foo. To include a `$' | |
371 | in the value, use `$$'. | |
da9356b0 RS |
372 | |
373 | +++ | |
c44da964 RS |
374 | ** `special-display-buffer-names' and `special-display-regexps' now |
375 | understand two new boolean pseudo-frame-parameters `same-frame' and | |
376 | `same-window'. | |
da9356b0 RS |
377 | |
378 | +++ | |
379 | ** The default for the paper size (variable ps-paper-type) is taken | |
380 | from the locale. | |
381 | ||
382 | ** Mark command changes: | |
3fc3e0a6 | 383 | |
a1bcf785 | 384 | +++ |
406c0f12 | 385 | *** A prefix argument is no longer required to repeat a jump to a |
30b0da81 RS |
386 | previous mark, i.e. C-u C-SPC C-SPC C-SPC ... cycles through the |
387 | mark ring. Use C-u C-u C-SPC to set the mark immediately after a jump. | |
3fc3e0a6 | 388 | |
a775dff4 | 389 | +++ |
c44da964 RS |
390 | *** Marking commands extend the region when invoked multiple times. |
391 | ||
392 | If you type C-M-SPC (mark-sexp), M-@ (mark-word), M-h | |
393 | (mark-paragraph), or C-M-h (mark-defun) repeatedly, the marked region | |
394 | extends each time, so you can mark the next two sexps with M-C-SPC | |
395 | M-C-SPC, for example. This feature also works for | |
396 | mark-end-of-sentence, if you bind that to a key. It also extends the | |
397 | region when the mark is active in Transient Mark mode, regardless of | |
398 | the last command. To start a new region with one of marking commands | |
399 | in Transient Mark mode, you can deactivate the active region with C-g, | |
400 | or set the new mark with C-SPC. | |
9254ee5e | 401 | |
a775dff4 | 402 | +++ |
406c0f12 | 403 | *** M-h (mark-paragraph) now accepts a prefix arg. |
c44da964 | 404 | |
30b0da81 RS |
405 | With positive arg, M-h marks the current and the following paragraphs; |
406 | if the arg is negative, it marks the current and the preceding | |
407 | paragraphs. | |
44251fad | 408 | |
a775dff4 | 409 | +++ |
406c0f12 | 410 | *** Some commands do something special in Transient Mark mode when the |
30b0da81 RS |
411 | mark is active--for instance, they limit their operation to the |
412 | region. Even if you don't normally use Transient Mark mode, you might | |
413 | want to get this behavior from a particular command. There are two | |
414 | ways you can enable Transient Mark mode and activate the mark, for one | |
415 | command only. | |
8248b4ad | 416 | |
30b0da81 RS |
417 | One method is to type C-SPC C-SPC; this enables Transient Mark mode |
418 | and sets the mark at point. The other method is to type C-u C-x C-x. | |
419 | This enables Transient Mark mode temporarily but does not alter the | |
420 | mark or the region. | |
8248b4ad | 421 | |
30b0da81 RS |
422 | After these commands, Transient Mark mode remains enabled until you |
423 | deactivate the mark. That typically happens when you type a command | |
424 | that alters the buffer, but you can also deactivate the mark by typing | |
425 | C-g. | |
21fb7588 | 426 | |
c44da964 RS |
427 | +++ |
428 | *** Movement commands `beginning-of-buffer', `end-of-buffer', | |
429 | `beginning-of-defun', `end-of-defun' do not set the mark if the mark | |
430 | is already active in Transient Mark mode. | |
431 | ||
406c0f12 RS |
432 | ** Help command changes: |
433 | ||
434 | +++ | |
435 | *** Changes in C-h bindings: | |
436 | ||
437 | C-h e displays the *Messages* buffer. | |
438 | ||
242a7584 KS |
439 | C-h d runs apropos-documentation. |
440 | ||
406c0f12 RS |
441 | C-h followed by a control character is used for displaying files |
442 | that do not change: | |
443 | ||
444 | C-h C-f displays the FAQ. | |
445 | C-h C-e displays the PROBLEMS file. | |
446 | ||
447 | The info-search bindings on C-h C-f, C-h C-k and C-h C-i | |
448 | have been moved to C-h F, C-h K and C-h S. | |
449 | ||
450 | C-h c, C-h k, C-h w, and C-h f now handle remapped interactive commands. | |
406c0f12 RS |
451 | - C-h c and C-h k report the actual command (after possible remapping) |
452 | run by the key sequence. | |
406c0f12 RS |
453 | - C-h w and C-h f on a command which has been remapped now report the |
454 | command it is remapped to, and the keys which can be used to run | |
455 | that command. | |
456 | ||
457 | For example, if C-k is bound to kill-line, and kill-line is remapped | |
458 | to new-kill-line, these commands now report: | |
406c0f12 RS |
459 | - C-h c and C-h k C-k reports: |
460 | C-k runs the command new-kill-line | |
406c0f12 RS |
461 | - C-h w and C-h f kill-line reports: |
462 | kill-line is remapped to new-kill-line which is on C-k, <deleteline> | |
406c0f12 RS |
463 | - C-h w and C-h f new-kill-line reports: |
464 | new-kill-line is on C-k | |
465 | ||
466 | --- | |
467 | *** Help commands `describe-function' and `describe-key' now show function | |
468 | arguments in lowercase italics on displays that support it. To change the | |
469 | default, customize face `help-argument-name' or redefine the function | |
470 | `help-default-arg-highlight'. | |
471 | ||
472 | +++ | |
473 | *** C-h v and C-h f commands now include a hyperlink to the C source for | |
474 | variables and functions defined in C (if the C source is available). | |
475 | ||
476 | +++ | |
477 | *** Help mode now only makes hyperlinks for faces when the face name is | |
478 | preceded or followed by the word `face'. It no longer makes | |
479 | hyperlinks for variables without variable documentation, unless | |
480 | preceded by one of the words `variable' or `option'. It now makes | |
481 | hyperlinks to Info anchors (or nodes) if the anchor (or node) name is | |
482 | enclosed in single quotes and preceded by `info anchor' or `Info | |
ae3859c0 BW |
483 | anchor' (in addition to earlier `info node' and `Info node'). In |
484 | addition, it now makes hyperlinks to URLs as well if the URL is | |
485 | enclosed in single quotes and preceded by `URL'. | |
406c0f12 RS |
486 | |
487 | +++ | |
488 | *** The new command `describe-char' (C-u C-x =) pops up a buffer with | |
489 | description various information about a character, including its | |
490 | encodings and syntax, its text properties, how to input, overlays, and | |
491 | widgets at point. You can get more information about some of them, by | |
492 | clicking on mouse-sensitive areas or moving there and pressing RET. | |
493 | ||
da9356b0 RS |
494 | +++ |
495 | *** The command `list-text-properties-at' has been deleted because | |
496 | C-u C-x = gives the same information and more. | |
497 | ||
406c0f12 RS |
498 | +++ |
499 | *** New command `display-local-help' displays any local help at point | |
500 | in the echo area. It is bound to `C-h .'. It normally displays the | |
501 | same string that would be displayed on mouse-over using the | |
502 | `help-echo' property, but, in certain cases, it can display a more | |
503 | keyboard oriented alternative. | |
504 | ||
505 | +++ | |
506 | *** New user option `help-at-pt-display-when-idle' allows to | |
507 | automatically show the help provided by `display-local-help' on | |
508 | point-over, after suitable idle time. The amount of idle time is | |
509 | determined by the user option `help-at-pt-timer-delay' and defaults | |
510 | to one second. This feature is turned off by default. | |
511 | ||
da9356b0 RS |
512 | +++ |
513 | *** The apropos commands now accept a list of words to match. | |
514 | When more than one word is specified, at least two of those words must | |
515 | be present for an item to match. Regular expression matching is still | |
516 | available. | |
406c0f12 RS |
517 | |
518 | +++ | |
da9356b0 RS |
519 | *** The new option `apropos-sort-by-scores' causes the matching items |
520 | to be sorted according to their score. The score for an item is a | |
521 | number calculated to indicate how well the item matches the words or | |
522 | regular expression that you entered to the apropos command. The best | |
523 | match is listed first, and the calculated score is shown for each | |
524 | matching item. | |
525 | ||
da9356b0 RS |
526 | ** Incremental Search changes: |
527 | ||
528 | +++ | |
529 | *** Vertical scrolling is now possible within incremental search. | |
530 | To enable this feature, customize the new user option | |
531 | `isearch-allow-scroll'. User written commands which satisfy stringent | |
532 | constraints can be marked as "scrolling commands". See the Emacs manual | |
533 | for details. | |
534 | ||
535 | +++ | |
536 | *** C-w in incremental search now grabs either a character or a word, | |
537 | making the decision in a heuristic way. This new job is done by the | |
538 | command `isearch-yank-word-or-char'. To restore the old behavior, | |
539 | bind C-w to `isearch-yank-word' in `isearch-mode-map'. | |
540 | ||
541 | +++ | |
542 | *** C-y in incremental search now grabs the next line if point is already | |
543 | at the end of a line. | |
544 | ||
545 | +++ | |
546 | *** C-M-w deletes and C-M-y grabs a character in isearch mode. | |
547 | Another method to grab a character is to enter the minibuffer by `M-e' | |
548 | and to type `C-f' at the end of the search string in the minibuffer. | |
549 | ||
550 | +++ | |
551 | *** M-% typed in isearch mode invokes `query-replace' or | |
552 | `query-replace-regexp' (depending on search mode) with the current | |
553 | search string used as the string to replace. | |
554 | ||
555 | +++ | |
556 | *** Isearch no longer adds `isearch-resume' commands to the command | |
557 | history by default. To enable this feature, customize the new | |
558 | user option `isearch-resume-in-command-history'. | |
559 | ||
560 | ** Replace command changes: | |
406c0f12 RS |
561 | |
562 | --- | |
da9356b0 RS |
563 | *** New user option `query-replace-skip-read-only': when non-nil, |
564 | `query-replace' and related functions simply ignore | |
565 | a match if part of it has a read-only property. | |
406c0f12 | 566 | |
da9356b0 RS |
567 | +++ |
568 | *** When used interactively, the commands `query-replace-regexp' and | |
569 | `replace-regexp' allow \,expr to be used in a replacement string, | |
570 | where expr is an arbitrary Lisp expression evaluated at replacement | |
571 | time. In many cases, this will be more convenient than using | |
572 | `query-replace-regexp-eval'. `\#' in a replacement string now refers | |
573 | to the count of replacements already made by the replacement command. | |
574 | All regular expression replacement commands now allow `\?' in the | |
575 | replacement string to specify a position where the replacement string | |
576 | can be edited for each replacement. | |
406c0f12 | 577 | |
da9356b0 RS |
578 | +++ |
579 | *** query-replace uses isearch lazy highlighting when the new user option | |
580 | `query-replace-lazy-highlight' is non-nil. | |
406c0f12 | 581 | |
da9356b0 RS |
582 | --- |
583 | *** The current match in query-replace is highlighted in new face | |
584 | `query-replace' which by default inherits from isearch face. | |
406c0f12 | 585 | |
7d3a082e | 586 | ** Local variables lists: |
c44da964 | 587 | |
da9356b0 RS |
588 | +++ |
589 | *** In processing a local variables list, Emacs strips the prefix and | |
f7735be5 | 590 | suffix from every line before processing all the lines. |
406c0f12 | 591 | |
7d3a082e RS |
592 | +++ |
593 | *** Text properties in local variables. | |
594 | ||
595 | A file local variables list cannot specify a string with text | |
596 | properties--any specified text properties are discarded. | |
597 | ||
542f7c55 CY |
598 | +++ |
599 | *** If the local variables list contains any variable-value pairs that | |
600 | are not known to be safe, Emacs shows a prompt asking whether to apply | |
601 | the local variables list as a whole. In earlier versions, a prompt | |
602 | was only issued for variables explicitly marked as risky (for the | |
603 | definition of risky variables, see `risky-local-variable-p'). | |
604 | ||
7d3a082e | 605 | At the prompt, you can choose to save the contents of this local |
542f7c55 CY |
606 | variables list to `safe-local-variable-values'. This new customizable |
607 | option is a list of variable-value pairs that are known to be safe. | |
608 | Variables can also be marked as safe with the existing | |
609 | `safe-local-variable' property (see `safe-local-variable-p'). | |
610 | However, risky variables will not be added to | |
611 | `safe-local-variable-values' in this way. | |
612 | ||
7d3a082e RS |
613 | +++ |
614 | *** The variable `enable-local-variables' controls how local variable | |
615 | lists are handled. t, the default, specifies the standard querying | |
616 | behavior. :safe means use only safe values, and ignore the rest. | |
c2f9f7fd | 617 | :all means set all variables, whether or not they are safe. |
7d3a082e RS |
618 | nil means ignore them all. Anything else means always query. |
619 | ||
620 | +++ | |
621 | *** The variable `safe-local-eval-forms' specifies a list of forms that | |
622 | are ok to evaluate when they appear in an `eval' local variables | |
623 | specification. Normally Emacs asks for confirmation before evaluating | |
624 | such a form, but if the form appears in this list, no confirmation is | |
625 | needed. | |
626 | ||
627 | +++ | |
628 | *** If a function has a non-nil `safe-local-eval-function' property, | |
629 | that means it is ok to evaluate some calls to that function when it | |
630 | appears in an `eval' local variables specification. If the property | |
631 | is t, then any form calling that function with constant arguments is | |
632 | ok. If the property is a function or list of functions, they are called | |
633 | with the form as argument, and if any returns t, the form is ok to call. | |
634 | ||
635 | If the form is not "ok to call", that means Emacs asks for | |
636 | confirmation as before. | |
637 | ||
638 | ** File operation changes: | |
639 | ||
640 | +++ | |
641 | *** Unquoted `$' in file names do not signal an error any more when | |
642 | the corresponding environment variable does not exist. | |
643 | Instead, the `$ENVVAR' text is left as is, so that `$$' quoting | |
644 | is only rarely needed. | |
645 | ||
85df292e | 646 | +++ |
406c0f12 | 647 | *** find-file-read-only visits multiple files in read-only mode, |
30b0da81 | 648 | when the file name contains wildcard characters. |
d88beab5 | 649 | |
85df292e | 650 | +++ |
406c0f12 | 651 | *** find-alternate-file replaces the current file with multiple files, |
30b0da81 | 652 | when the file name contains wildcard characters. |
879054ea | 653 | |
94285c26 | 654 | +++ |
406c0f12 | 655 | *** Auto Compression mode is now enabled by default. |
a27ddfaf | 656 | |
30b0da81 | 657 | --- |
406c0f12 | 658 | *** C-x C-f RET, typing nothing in the minibuffer, is no longer a special case. |
6695c528 | 659 | |
30b0da81 RS |
660 | Since the default input is the current directory, this has the effect |
661 | of specifying the current directory. Normally that means to visit the | |
662 | directory with Dired. | |
6695c528 | 663 | |
30b0da81 | 664 | +++ |
406c0f12 | 665 | *** When you are root, and you visit a file whose modes specify |
30b0da81 RS |
666 | read-only, the Emacs buffer is now read-only too. Type C-x C-q if you |
667 | want to make the buffer writable. (As root, you can in fact alter the | |
668 | file.) | |
a27ddfaf | 669 | |
70dce461 | 670 | +++ |
406c0f12 | 671 | *** C-x s (save-some-buffers) now offers an option `d' to diff a buffer |
30b0da81 | 672 | against its file, so you can see what changes you would be saving. |
70dce461 | 673 | |
a775dff4 | 674 | +++ |
406c0f12 | 675 | *** The commands copy-file, rename-file, make-symbolic-link and |
30b0da81 RS |
676 | add-name-to-file, when given a directory as the "new name" argument, |
677 | convert it to a file name by merging in the within-directory part of | |
678 | the existing file's name. (This is the same convention that shell | |
679 | commands cp, mv, and ln follow.) Thus, M-x copy-file RET ~/foo RET | |
680 | /tmp RET copies ~/foo to /tmp/foo. | |
f8f853de | 681 | |
a775dff4 | 682 | --- |
406c0f12 | 683 | *** When used interactively, `format-write-file' now asks for confirmation |
4ba2fd66 LT |
684 | before overwriting an existing file, unless a prefix argument is |
685 | supplied. This behavior is analogous to `write-file'. | |
686 | ||
30b0da81 | 687 | --- |
406c0f12 | 688 | *** The variable `auto-save-file-name-transforms' now has a third element that |
30b0da81 RS |
689 | controls whether or not the function `make-auto-save-file-name' will |
690 | attempt to construct a unique auto-save name (e.g. for remote files). | |
9f14953b | 691 | |
8c4a54e2 RF |
692 | +++ |
693 | *** The new option `write-region-inhibit-fsync' disables calls to fsync | |
694 | in `write-region'. This can be useful on laptops to avoid spinning up | |
695 | the hard drive upon each file save. Enabling this variable may result | |
696 | in data loss, use with care. | |
697 | ||
406c0f12 RS |
698 | +++ |
699 | *** If the user visits a file larger than `large-file-warning-threshold', | |
da9356b0 | 700 | Emacs asks for confirmation. |
406c0f12 RS |
701 | |
702 | +++ | |
703 | *** require-final-newline now has two new possible values: | |
704 | ||
705 | `visit' means add a newline (as an undoable change) if it's needed | |
706 | when visiting the file. | |
707 | ||
708 | `visit-save' means add a newline (as an undoable change) if it's | |
709 | needed when visiting the file, and also add a newline if it's needed | |
710 | when saving the file. | |
711 | ||
712 | +++ | |
713 | *** The new option mode-require-final-newline controls how certain | |
714 | major modes enable require-final-newline. Any major mode that's | |
715 | designed for a kind of file that should normally end in a newline | |
716 | sets require-final-newline based on mode-require-final-newline. | |
717 | So you can customize mode-require-final-newline to control what these | |
718 | modes do. | |
719 | ||
406c0f12 | 720 | ** Minibuffer changes: |
428b6b85 | 721 | |
3abf5917 SM |
722 | +++ |
723 | *** The new file-name-shadow-mode is turned ON by default, so that when | |
724 | entering a file name, any prefix which Emacs will ignore is dimmed. | |
725 | ||
a775dff4 | 726 | +++ |
406c0f12 | 727 | *** There's a new face `minibuffer-prompt'. |
30b0da81 RS |
728 | Emacs adds this face to the list of text properties stored in the |
729 | variable `minibuffer-prompt-properties', which is used to display the | |
730 | prompt string. | |
428b6b85 | 731 | |
a775dff4 | 732 | --- |
c44da964 | 733 | *** Enhanced visual feedback in `*Completions*' buffer. |
d3a29dd8 | 734 | |
30b0da81 RS |
735 | Completions lists use faces to highlight what all completions |
736 | have in common and where they begin to differ. | |
e5c644da | 737 | |
30b0da81 RS |
738 | The common prefix shared by all possible completions uses the face |
739 | `completions-common-part', while the first character that isn't the | |
740 | same uses the face `completions-first-difference'. By default, | |
741 | `completions-common-part' inherits from `default', and | |
742 | `completions-first-difference' inherits from `bold'. The idea of | |
743 | `completions-common-part' is that you can use it to make the common | |
744 | parts less visible than normal, so that the rest of the differing | |
745 | parts is, by contrast, slightly highlighted. | |
ecf4207f | 746 | |
ae3d4650 MY |
747 | Above fontification is always done when listing completions is |
748 | triggered at minibuffer. If you want to fontify completions whose | |
749 | listing is triggered at the other normal buffer, you have to pass | |
750 | the common prefix of completions to `display-completion-list' as | |
751 | its second argument. | |
752 | ||
30b0da81 | 753 | +++ |
da9356b0 | 754 | *** File-name completion can now ignore specified directories. |
30b0da81 RS |
755 | If an element of the list in `completion-ignored-extensions' ends in a |
756 | slash `/', it indicates a subdirectory that should be ignored when | |
757 | completing file names. Elements of `completion-ignored-extensions' | |
758 | which do not end in a slash are never considered when a completion | |
759 | candidate is a directory. | |
ecf4207f | 760 | |
30b0da81 | 761 | +++ |
406c0f12 | 762 | *** The completion commands TAB, SPC and ? in the minibuffer apply only |
30b0da81 RS |
763 | to the text before point. If there is text in the buffer after point, |
764 | it remains unchanged. | |
2a075e37 | 765 | |
4d894c98 | 766 | +++ |
406c0f12 | 767 | *** New user option `history-delete-duplicates'. |
30b0da81 | 768 | If set to t when adding a new history element, all previous identical |
d1802d7b | 769 | elements are deleted from the history list. |
2a075e37 | 770 | |
da9356b0 | 771 | ** Redisplay changes: |
33b71f41 | 772 | |
b9106888 | 773 | +++ |
0dc9e94e | 774 | *** Preemptive redisplay now adapts to current load and bandwidth. |
b9106888 | 775 | |
0dc9e94e | 776 | To avoid preempting redisplay on fast computers, networks, and displays, |
b9106888 KS |
777 | the arrival of new input is now performed at regular intervals during |
778 | redisplay. The new variable `redisplay-preemption-period' specifies | |
779 | the period; the default is to check for input every 0.1 seconds. | |
780 | ||
c44da964 RS |
781 | +++ |
782 | *** The mode line position information now comes before the major mode. | |
783 | When the file is maintained under version control, that information | |
784 | appears between the position information and the major mode. | |
785 | ||
a775dff4 | 786 | +++ |
a61d42f1 | 787 | *** New face `escape-glyph' highlights control characters and escape glyphs. |
2a075e37 | 788 | |
a775dff4 | 789 | +++ |
2c632203 RS |
790 | *** Non-breaking space and hyphens are now displayed with a special |
791 | face, either nobreak-space or escape-glyph. You can turn this off or | |
792 | specify a different mode by setting the variable `nobreak-char-display'. | |
2a075e37 | 793 | |
a775dff4 | 794 | +++ |
406c0f12 RS |
795 | *** The parameters of automatic hscrolling can now be customized. |
796 | The variable `hscroll-margin' determines how many columns away from | |
797 | the window edge point is allowed to get before automatic hscrolling | |
798 | will horizontally scroll the window. The default value is 5. | |
799 | ||
800 | The variable `hscroll-step' determines how many columns automatic | |
801 | hscrolling scrolls the window when point gets too close to the | |
802 | window edge. If its value is zero, the default, Emacs scrolls the | |
803 | window so as to center point. If its value is an integer, it says how | |
804 | many columns to scroll. If the value is a floating-point number, it | |
805 | gives the fraction of the window's width to scroll the window. | |
806 | ||
807 | The variable `automatic-hscrolling' was renamed to | |
808 | `auto-hscroll-mode'. The old name is still available as an alias. | |
fa2b23e5 | 809 | |
a6b017c9 | 810 | --- |
f7735be5 | 811 | *** Moving or scrolling through images (and other lines) taller than |
c44da964 | 812 | the window now works sensibly, by automatically adjusting the window's |
30b0da81 | 813 | vscroll property. |
2a075e37 | 814 | |
406c0f12 RS |
815 | +++ |
816 | *** The new face `mode-line-inactive' is used to display the mode line | |
817 | of non-selected windows. The `mode-line' face is now used to display | |
818 | the mode line of the currently selected window. | |
ecf4207f | 819 | |
406c0f12 RS |
820 | The new variable `mode-line-in-non-selected-windows' controls whether |
821 | the `mode-line-inactive' face is used. | |
822 | ||
823 | +++ | |
824 | *** You can now customize the use of window fringes. To control this | |
825 | for all frames, use M-x fringe-mode or the Show/Hide submenu of the | |
826 | top-level Options menu, or customize the `fringe-mode' variable. To | |
827 | control this for a specific frame, use the command M-x | |
828 | set-fringe-style. | |
ee213e98 | 829 | |
406c0f12 | 830 | +++ |
da9356b0 RS |
831 | *** Angle icons in the fringes can indicate the buffer boundaries. In |
832 | addition, up and down arrow bitmaps in the fringe indicate which ways | |
833 | the window can be scrolled. | |
2f9da07b | 834 | |
406c0f12 RS |
835 | This behavior is activated by setting the buffer-local variable |
836 | `indicate-buffer-boundaries' to a non-nil value. The default value of | |
837 | this variable is found in `default-indicate-buffer-boundaries'. | |
23f87bed | 838 | |
406c0f12 RS |
839 | If value is `left' or `right', both angle and arrow bitmaps are |
840 | displayed in the left or right fringe, resp. | |
23f87bed | 841 | |
3053a64e | 842 | The value can also be an alist which specifies the presence and |
da9356b0 | 843 | position of each bitmap individually. |
23f87bed | 844 | |
406c0f12 RS |
845 | For example, ((top . left) (t . right)) places the top angle bitmap |
846 | in left fringe, the bottom angle bitmap in right fringe, and both | |
847 | arrow bitmaps in right fringe. To show just the angle bitmaps in the | |
848 | left fringe, but no arrow bitmaps, use ((top . left) (bottom . left)). | |
61d244ca | 849 | |
a775dff4 | 850 | +++ |
406c0f12 RS |
851 | *** On window systems, lines which are exactly as wide as the window |
852 | (not counting the final newline character) are no longer broken into | |
853 | two lines on the display (with just the newline on the second line). | |
854 | Instead, the newline now "overflows" into the right fringe, and the | |
855 | cursor will be displayed in the fringe when positioned on that newline. | |
61d244ca | 856 | |
da9356b0 | 857 | The new user option 'overflow-newline-into-fringe' can be set to nil to |
406c0f12 | 858 | revert to the old behavior of continuing such lines. |
30b0da81 | 859 | |
406c0f12 | 860 | +++ |
da9356b0 | 861 | *** When a window has display margin areas, the fringes are now |
406c0f12 | 862 | displayed between the margins and the buffer's text area, rather than |
da9356b0 | 863 | outside those margins. |
406c0f12 RS |
864 | |
865 | +++ | |
da9356b0 | 866 | *** A window can now have individual fringe and scroll-bar settings, |
406c0f12 RS |
867 | in addition to the individual display margin settings. |
868 | ||
869 | Such individual settings are now preserved when windows are split | |
870 | horizontally or vertically, a saved window configuration is restored, | |
871 | or when the frame is resized. | |
872 | ||
da9356b0 | 873 | ** Cursor display changes: |
61d244ca | 874 | |
a775dff4 | 875 | +++ |
406c0f12 | 876 | *** On X, MS Windows, and Mac OS, the blinking cursor's "off" state is |
30b0da81 | 877 | now controlled by the variable `blink-cursor-alist'. |
200d028b | 878 | |
85df292e | 879 | +++ |
406c0f12 | 880 | *** The X resource cursorBlink can be used to turn off cursor blinking. |
61d244ca | 881 | |
30b0da81 | 882 | +++ |
406c0f12 | 883 | *** Emacs can produce an underscore-like (horizontal bar) cursor. |
30b0da81 RS |
884 | The underscore cursor is set by putting `(cursor-type . hbar)' in |
885 | default-frame-alist. It supports variable heights, like the `bar' | |
886 | cursor does. | |
61d244ca | 887 | |
a775dff4 | 888 | +++ |
406c0f12 | 889 | *** Display of hollow cursors now obeys the buffer-local value (if any) |
30b0da81 RS |
890 | of `cursor-in-non-selected-windows' in the buffer that the cursor |
891 | appears in. | |
61d244ca | 892 | |
30b0da81 | 893 | +++ |
406c0f12 | 894 | *** The variable `cursor-in-non-selected-windows' can now be set to any |
30b0da81 | 895 | of the recognized cursor types. |
61d244ca | 896 | |
a073af58 | 897 | +++ |
913dd16d | 898 | *** On text terminals, the variable `visible-cursor' controls whether Emacs |
a073af58 SM |
899 | uses the "very visible" cursor (the default) or the normal cursor. |
900 | ||
081bae6b JL |
901 | ** New faces: |
902 | ||
903 | +++ | |
904 | *** `mode-line-highlight' is the standard face indicating mouse sensitive | |
905 | elements on mode-line (and header-line) like `highlight' face on text | |
906 | areas. | |
907 | ||
ea4cd511 JL |
908 | *** `mode-line-buffer-id' is the standard face for buffer identification |
909 | parts of the mode line. | |
910 | ||
081bae6b JL |
911 | +++ |
912 | *** `shadow' face defines the appearance of the "shadowed" text, i.e. | |
913 | the text which should be less noticeable than the surrounding text. | |
914 | This can be achieved by using shades of grey in contrast with either | |
915 | black or white default foreground color. This generic shadow face | |
916 | allows customization of the appearance of shadowed text in one place, | |
917 | so package-specific faces can inherit from it. | |
918 | ||
a11c9215 JL |
919 | +++ |
920 | *** `vertical-border' face is used for the vertical divider between windows. | |
921 | ||
da9356b0 RS |
922 | ** Font-Lock changes: |
923 | ||
c44da964 RS |
924 | +++ |
925 | *** M-o now is the prefix key for setting text properties; | |
926 | M-o M-o requests refontification. | |
927 | ||
30b0da81 | 928 | +++ |
da9356b0 RS |
929 | *** All modes now support using M-x font-lock-mode to toggle |
930 | fontification, even those such as Occur, Info, and comint-derived | |
931 | modes that do their own fontification in a special way. | |
932 | ||
933 | The variable `Info-fontify' is no longer applicable; to disable | |
934 | fontification in Info, remove `turn-on-font-lock' from | |
935 | `Info-mode-hook'. | |
936 | ||
da9356b0 RS |
937 | +++ |
938 | *** font-lock: in modes like C and Lisp where the fontification assumes that | |
939 | an open-paren in column 0 is always outside of any string or comment, | |
940 | font-lock now highlights any such open-paren-in-column-zero in bold-red | |
941 | if it is inside a string or a comment, to indicate that it can cause | |
942 | trouble with fontification and/or indentation. | |
406c0f12 | 943 | |
a61d42f1 RS |
944 | +++ |
945 | *** New standard font-lock face `font-lock-preprocessor-face'. | |
946 | ||
a6b017c9 | 947 | +++ |
a61d42f1 RS |
948 | *** New standard font-lock face `font-lock-comment-delimiter-face'. |
949 | ||
a6b017c9 | 950 | +++ |
0fa5d10e | 951 | *** Easy to overlook single character negation can now be font-locked. |
a61d42f1 RS |
952 | You can use the new variable `font-lock-negation-char-face' and the face of |
953 | the same name to customize this. Currently the cc-modes, sh-script-mode, | |
954 | cperl-mode and make-mode support this. | |
955 | ||
da9356b0 | 956 | --- |
406c0f12 RS |
957 | *** The default settings for JIT stealth lock parameters are changed. |
958 | The default value for the user option jit-lock-stealth-time is now 16 | |
959 | instead of 3, and the default value of jit-lock-stealth-nice is now | |
960 | 0.5 instead of 0.125. The new defaults should lower the CPU usage | |
961 | when Emacs is fontifying in the background. | |
962 | ||
da9356b0 | 963 | --- |
406c0f12 RS |
964 | *** jit-lock can now be delayed with `jit-lock-defer-time'. |
965 | ||
966 | If this variable is non-nil, its value should be the amount of Emacs | |
967 | idle time in seconds to wait before starting fontification. For | |
968 | example, if you set `jit-lock-defer-time' to 0.25, fontification will | |
969 | only happen after 0.25s of idle time. | |
970 | ||
da9356b0 | 971 | --- |
406c0f12 RS |
972 | *** contextual refontification is now separate from stealth fontification. |
973 | ||
974 | jit-lock-defer-contextually is renamed jit-lock-contextually and | |
975 | jit-lock-context-time determines the delay after which contextual | |
976 | refontification takes place. | |
977 | ||
c44da964 | 978 | ** Menu support: |
406c0f12 RS |
979 | |
980 | --- | |
981 | *** A menu item "Show/Hide" was added to the top-level menu "Options". | |
982 | This menu allows you to turn various display features on and off (such | |
983 | as the fringes, the tool bar, the speedbar, and the menu bar itself). | |
984 | You can also move the vertical scroll bar to either side here or turn | |
985 | it off completely. There is also a menu-item to toggle displaying of | |
a11c9215 | 986 | current date and time, current line and column number in the mode-line. |
406c0f12 RS |
987 | |
988 | --- | |
989 | *** Speedbar has moved from the "Tools" top level menu to "Show/Hide". | |
990 | ||
c44da964 RS |
991 | --- |
992 | *** You can exit dialog windows and menus by typing C-g. | |
993 | ||
994 | --- | |
995 | *** The menu item "Open File..." has been split into two items, "New File..." | |
996 | and "Open File...". "Open File..." now opens only existing files. This is | |
997 | to support existing GUI file selection dialogs better. | |
998 | ||
999 | +++ | |
1000 | *** The file selection dialog for Gtk+, Mac, W32 and Motif/Lesstif can be | |
1001 | disabled by customizing the variable `use-file-dialog'. | |
1002 | ||
1003 | --- | |
1004 | *** The pop up menus for Lucid now stay up if you do a fast click and can | |
1005 | be navigated with the arrow keys (like Gtk+, Mac and W32). | |
1006 | ||
c3724dcc | 1007 | +++ |
3510285a | 1008 | *** The menu bar for Motif/Lesstif/Lucid/Gtk+ can be navigated with keys. |
c3724dcc JD |
1009 | Pressing F10 shows the first menu in the menu bar. Navigation is done with |
1010 | the arrow keys, select with the return key and cancel with the escape keys. | |
1011 | ||
c44da964 RS |
1012 | +++ |
1013 | *** The Lucid menus can display multilingual text in your locale. You have | |
1014 | to explicitly specify a fontSet resource for this to work, for example | |
1015 | `-xrm "Emacs*fontSet: -*-helvetica-medium-r-*--*-120-*-*-*-*-*-*,*"'. | |
1016 | ||
1017 | --- | |
1018 | *** Dialogs for Lucid/Athena and Lesstif/Motif now pops down when pressing | |
1019 | ESC, like they do for Gtk+, Mac and W32. | |
1020 | ||
1021 | +++ | |
3430357a | 1022 | *** For the Gtk+ version, you can make Emacs use the old file dialog |
c44da964 RS |
1023 | by setting the variable `x-use-old-gtk-file-dialog' to t. Default is to use |
1024 | the new dialog. | |
1025 | ||
da9356b0 | 1026 | ** Mouse changes: |
b1faee6e | 1027 | |
85df292e | 1028 | +++ |
4ccda9c3 KS |
1029 | *** If you set the new variable `mouse-autoselect-window' to a non-nil |
1030 | value, windows are automatically selected as you move the mouse from | |
1031 | one Emacs window to another, even within a frame. A minibuffer window | |
1032 | can be selected only when it is active. | |
61042632 | 1033 | |
30b0da81 | 1034 | +++ |
da9356b0 | 1035 | *** On X, when the window manager requires that you click on a frame to |
30b0da81 RS |
1036 | select it (give it focus), the selected window and cursor position |
1037 | normally changes according to the mouse click position. If you set | |
1038 | the variable x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position to t, the selected | |
1039 | window and cursor position do not change when you click on a frame | |
1040 | to give it focus. | |
61042632 | 1041 | |
ed2846bd | 1042 | +++ |
da9356b0 | 1043 | *** You can now follow links by clicking Mouse-1 on the link. |
30b0da81 RS |
1044 | |
1045 | Traditionally, Emacs uses a Mouse-1 click to set point and a Mouse-2 | |
1046 | click to follow a link, whereas most other applications use a Mouse-1 | |
1047 | click for both purposes, depending on whether you click outside or | |
1048 | inside a link. Now the behavior of a Mouse-1 click has been changed | |
ea0d5ebb LT |
1049 | to match this context-sentitive dual behavior. (If you prefer the old |
1050 | behavior, set the user option `mouse-1-click-follows-link' to nil.) | |
30b0da81 | 1051 | |
da9356b0 | 1052 | Depending on the current mode, a Mouse-2 click in Emacs can do much |
30b0da81 RS |
1053 | more than just follow a link, so the new Mouse-1 behavior is only |
1054 | activated for modes which explicitly mark a clickable text as a "link" | |
1055 | (see the new function `mouse-on-link-p' for details). The Lisp | |
1056 | packages that are included in release 22.1 have been adapted to do | |
1057 | this, but external packages may not yet support this. However, there | |
1058 | is no risk in using such packages, as the worst thing that could | |
1059 | happen is that you get the original Mouse-1 behavior when you click | |
1060 | on a link, which typically means that you set point where you click. | |
1061 | ||
1062 | If you want to get the original Mouse-1 action also inside a link, you | |
1063 | just need to press the Mouse-1 button a little longer than a normal | |
1064 | click (i.e. press and hold the Mouse-1 button for half a second before | |
1065 | you release it). | |
1066 | ||
1067 | Dragging the Mouse-1 inside a link still performs the original | |
1068 | drag-mouse-1 action, typically copy the text. | |
1069 | ||
1070 | You can customize the new Mouse-1 behavior via the new user options | |
1071 | `mouse-1-click-follows-link' and `mouse-1-click-in-non-selected-windows'. | |
ee213e98 | 1072 | |
7e995a23 | 1073 | +++ |
da9356b0 | 1074 | *** Emacs normally highlights mouse sensitive text whenever the mouse |
30b0da81 RS |
1075 | is over the text. By setting the new variable `mouse-highlight', you |
1076 | can optionally enable mouse highlighting only after you move the | |
1077 | mouse, so that highlighting disappears when you press a key. You can | |
1078 | also disable mouse highlighting. | |
a1bcf785 JL |
1079 | |
1080 | +++ | |
da9356b0 | 1081 | *** You can now customize if selecting a region by dragging the mouse |
30b0da81 RS |
1082 | shall not copy the selected text to the kill-ring by setting the new |
1083 | variable mouse-drag-copy-region to nil. | |
1084 | ||
1085 | --- | |
da9356b0 | 1086 | *** mouse-wheels can now scroll a specific fraction of the window |
30b0da81 RS |
1087 | (rather than a fixed number of lines) and the scrolling is `progressive'. |
1088 | ||
1089 | --- | |
9bae34bf RS |
1090 | *** Emacs ignores mouse-2 clicks while the mouse wheel is being moved. |
1091 | ||
1092 | People tend to push the mouse wheel (which counts as a mouse-2 click) | |
1093 | unintentionally while turning the wheel, so these clicks are now | |
1094 | ignored. You can customize this with the mouse-wheel-click-event and | |
30b0da81 | 1095 | mouse-wheel-inhibit-click-time variables. |
ee213e98 JL |
1096 | |
1097 | +++ | |
da9356b0 | 1098 | *** Under X, mouse-wheel-mode is turned on by default. |
ee213e98 | 1099 | |
4ccda9c3 | 1100 | ** Multilingual Environment (Mule) changes: |
30b0da81 | 1101 | |
0091c67e KH |
1102 | *** You can disable character translation for a file using the -*- |
1103 | construct. Include `enable-character-translation: nil' inside the | |
1104 | -*-...-*- to disable any character translation that may happen by | |
1105 | various global and per-coding-system translation tables. You can also | |
1106 | specify it in a local variable list at the end of the file. For | |
1107 | shortcut, instead of using this long variable name, you can append the | |
1108 | character "!" at the end of coding-system name specified in -*- | |
0e7a5993 KH |
1109 | construct or in a local variable list. For example, if a file has the |
1110 | following header, it is decoded by the coding system `iso-latin-1' | |
1111 | without any character translation: | |
1112 | ;; -*- coding: iso-latin-1!; -*- | |
0091c67e | 1113 | |
30b0da81 | 1114 | --- |
da9356b0 | 1115 | *** Language environment and various default coding systems are setup |
30b0da81 RS |
1116 | more correctly according to the current locale name. If the locale |
1117 | name doesn't specify a charset, the default is what glibc defines. | |
da9356b0 | 1118 | This change can result in using the different coding systems as |
30b0da81 | 1119 | default in some locale (e.g. vi_VN). |
61d244ca | 1120 | |
85df292e | 1121 | +++ |
da9356b0 | 1122 | *** The keyboard-coding-system is now automatically set based on your |
30b0da81 | 1123 | current locale settings if you are not using a window system. This |
da9356b0 | 1124 | can mean that the META key doesn't work but generates non-ASCII |
30b0da81 RS |
1125 | characters instead, depending on how the terminal (or terminal |
1126 | emulator) works. Use `set-keyboard-coding-system' (or customize | |
1127 | keyboard-coding-system) if you prefer META to work (the old default) | |
1128 | or if the locale doesn't describe the character set actually generated | |
1129 | by the keyboard. See Info node `Single-Byte Character Support'. | |
8ab314f9 JL |
1130 | |
1131 | +++ | |
da9356b0 | 1132 | *** The new command `revert-buffer-with-coding-system' (C-x RET r) |
30b0da81 | 1133 | revisits the current file using a coding system that you specify. |
8ab314f9 | 1134 | |
30b0da81 | 1135 | +++ |
da9356b0 | 1136 | *** New command `recode-region' decodes the region again by a specified |
30b0da81 | 1137 | coding system. |
8ab314f9 JL |
1138 | |
1139 | +++ | |
da9356b0 | 1140 | *** The new command `recode-file-name' changes the encoding of the name |
30b0da81 | 1141 | of a file. |
8ab314f9 JL |
1142 | |
1143 | --- | |
da9356b0 | 1144 | *** New command `ucs-insert' inserts a character specified by its |
30b0da81 | 1145 | unicode. |
8ab314f9 | 1146 | |
30b0da81 | 1147 | +++ |
da9356b0 | 1148 | *** The new command `set-file-name-coding-system' (C-x RET F) sets |
30b0da81 RS |
1149 | coding system for encoding and decoding file names. A new menu item |
1150 | (Options->Mule->Set Coding Systems->For File Name) invokes this | |
1151 | command. | |
a1bcf785 | 1152 | |
a775dff4 | 1153 | +++ |
da9356b0 | 1154 | *** New command quail-show-key shows what key (or key sequence) to type |
30b0da81 | 1155 | in the current input method to input a character at point. |
a1bcf785 | 1156 | |
30b0da81 | 1157 | +++ |
da9356b0 | 1158 | *** Limited support for character `unification' has been added. |
30b0da81 RS |
1159 | Emacs now knows how to translate between different representations of |
1160 | the same characters in various Emacs charsets according to standard | |
1161 | Unicode mappings. This applies mainly to characters in the ISO 8859 | |
1162 | sets plus some other 8-bit sets, but can be extended. For instance, | |
1163 | translation works amongst the Emacs ...-iso8859-... charsets and the | |
1164 | mule-unicode-... ones. | |
a1bcf785 | 1165 | |
30b0da81 RS |
1166 | By default this translation happens automatically on encoding. |
1167 | Self-inserting characters are translated to make the input conformant | |
1168 | with the encoding of the buffer in which it's being used, where | |
1169 | possible. | |
a1bcf785 | 1170 | |
30b0da81 RS |
1171 | You can force a more complete unification with the user option |
1172 | unify-8859-on-decoding-mode. That maps all the Latin-N character sets | |
1173 | into Unicode characters (from the latin-iso8859-1 and | |
1174 | mule-unicode-0100-24ff charsets) on decoding. Note that this mode | |
1175 | will often effectively clobber data with an iso-2022 encoding. | |
a1bcf785 | 1176 | |
f60a6f87 | 1177 | --- |
da9356b0 | 1178 | *** There is support for decoding Greek and Cyrillic characters into |
30b0da81 RS |
1179 | either Unicode (the mule-unicode charsets) or the iso-8859 charsets, |
1180 | when possible. The latter are more space-efficient. This is | |
1181 | controlled by user option utf-fragment-on-decoding. | |
d60f1316 | 1182 | |
f60a6f87 | 1183 | --- |
da9356b0 | 1184 | *** New language environments: French, Ukrainian, Tajik, |
30b0da81 RS |
1185 | Bulgarian, Belarusian, Ukrainian, UTF-8, Windows-1255, Welsh, Latin-6, |
1186 | Latin-7, Lithuanian, Latvian, Swedish, Slovenian, Croatian, Georgian, | |
1187 | Italian, Russian, Malayalam, Tamil, Russian, Chinese-EUC-TW. (Set up | |
1188 | automatically according to the locale.) | |
ee213e98 JL |
1189 | |
1190 | --- | |
da9356b0 | 1191 | *** New input methods: latin-alt-postfix, latin-postfix, latin-prefix, |
30b0da81 RS |
1192 | ukrainian-computer, belarusian, bulgarian-bds, russian-computer, |
1193 | vietnamese-telex, lithuanian-numeric, lithuanian-keyboard, | |
1194 | latvian-keyboard, welsh, georgian, rfc1345, ucs, sgml, | |
1195 | bulgarian-phonetic, dutch, slovenian, croatian, malayalam-inscript, | |
1196 | tamil-inscript. | |
ee213e98 | 1197 | |
a775dff4 | 1198 | --- |
da9356b0 | 1199 | *** New input method chinese-sisheng for inputting Chinese Pinyin |
30b0da81 | 1200 | characters. |
a6aa9850 | 1201 | |
30b0da81 | 1202 | --- |
da9356b0 | 1203 | *** Improved Thai support. A new minor mode `thai-word-mode' (which is |
30b0da81 RS |
1204 | automatically activated if you select Thai as a language |
1205 | environment) changes key bindings of most word-oriented commands to | |
1206 | versions which recognize Thai words. Affected commands are | |
1207 | M-f (forward-word) | |
1208 | M-b (backward-word) | |
1209 | M-d (kill-word) | |
1210 | M-DEL (backward-kill-word) | |
1211 | M-t (transpose-words) | |
1212 | M-q (fill-paragraph) | |
a6aa9850 | 1213 | |
30b0da81 | 1214 | --- |
da9356b0 | 1215 | *** Indian support has been updated. |
30b0da81 RS |
1216 | The in-is13194 coding system is now Unicode-based. CDAC fonts are |
1217 | assumed. There is a framework for supporting various | |
1218 | Indian scripts, but currently only Devanagari, Malayalam and Tamil are | |
1219 | supported. | |
a6aa9850 | 1220 | |
30b0da81 | 1221 | --- |
da9356b0 | 1222 | *** A UTF-7 coding system is available in the library `utf-7'. |
a6aa9850 | 1223 | |
30b0da81 | 1224 | --- |
da9356b0 | 1225 | *** The utf-8/16 coding systems have been enhanced. |
30b0da81 RS |
1226 | By default, untranslatable utf-8 sequences are simply composed into |
1227 | single quasi-characters. User option `utf-translate-cjk-mode' (it is | |
1228 | turned on by default) arranges to translate many utf-8 CJK character | |
1229 | sequences into real Emacs characters in a similar way to the Mule-UCS | |
1230 | system. As this loads a fairly big data on demand, people who are not | |
1231 | interested in CJK characters may want to customize it to nil. | |
1232 | You can augment/amend the CJK translation via hash tables | |
1233 | `ucs-mule-cjk-to-unicode' and `ucs-unicode-to-mule-cjk'. The utf-8 | |
1234 | coding system now also encodes characters from most of Emacs's | |
1235 | one-dimensional internal charsets, specifically the ISO-8859 ones. | |
1236 | The utf-16 coding system is affected similarly. | |
a6aa9850 | 1237 | |
30b0da81 | 1238 | --- |
da9356b0 | 1239 | *** A new coding system `euc-tw' has been added for traditional Chinese |
30b0da81 RS |
1240 | in CNS encoding; it accepts both Big 5 and CNS as input; on saving, |
1241 | Big 5 is then converted to CNS. | |
bf078377 | 1242 | |
30b0da81 | 1243 | --- |
fbd3f1a9 KH |
1244 | *** Many new coding systems are available in the `code-pages' library. |
1245 | These include complete versions of most of those in codepage.el, based | |
1246 | on Unicode mappings. `codepage-setup' is now obsolete and is used | |
1247 | only in the MS-DOS port of Emacs. All coding systems defined in | |
1248 | `code-pages' are auto-loaded. | |
e0dc0c55 | 1249 | |
30b0da81 | 1250 | --- |
da9356b0 | 1251 | *** New variable `utf-translate-cjk-unicode-range' controls which |
30b0da81 | 1252 | Unicode characters to translate in `utf-translate-cjk-mode'. |
e0dc0c55 | 1253 | |
30b0da81 | 1254 | --- |
da9356b0 | 1255 | *** iso-10646-1 (`Unicode') fonts can be used to display any range of |
30b0da81 RS |
1256 | characters encodable by the utf-8 coding system. Just specify the |
1257 | fontset appropriately. | |
e0dc0c55 | 1258 | |
da9356b0 | 1259 | ** Customize changes: |
fbe57420 | 1260 | |
4cc1468e CY |
1261 | +++ |
1262 | *** Custom themes are collections of customize options. Create a | |
1263 | custom theme with M-x customize-create-theme. Use M-x load-theme to | |
1264 | load and enable a theme, and M-x disable-theme to disable it. Use M-x | |
679ce4d5 | 1265 | enable-theme to enable a disabled theme. |
4cc1468e | 1266 | |
a775dff4 | 1267 | +++ |
da9356b0 | 1268 | *** The commands M-x customize-face and M-x customize-face-other-window |
30b0da81 RS |
1269 | now look at the character after point. If a face or faces are |
1270 | specified for that character, the commands by default customize those | |
1271 | faces. | |
c64a682c | 1272 | |
85df292e | 1273 | --- |
da9356b0 | 1274 | *** The face-customization widget has been reworked to be less confusing. |
30b0da81 RS |
1275 | In particular, when you enable a face attribute using the corresponding |
1276 | check-box, there's no longer a redundant `*' option in value selection | |
1277 | for that attribute; the values you can choose are only those which make | |
1278 | sense for the attribute. When an attribute is de-selected by unchecking | |
1279 | its check-box, then the (now ignored, but still present temporarily in | |
1280 | case you re-select the attribute) value is hidden. | |
c64a682c | 1281 | |
a775dff4 | 1282 | +++ |
da9356b0 | 1283 | *** When you set or reset a variable's value in a Customize buffer, |
30b0da81 RS |
1284 | the previous value becomes the "backup value" of the variable. |
1285 | You can go back to that backup value by selecting "Use Backup Value" | |
1286 | under the "[State]" button. | |
c64a682c | 1287 | |
da9356b0 RS |
1288 | ** Buffer Menu changes: |
1289 | ||
1290 | +++ | |
1291 | *** New command `Buffer-menu-toggle-files-only' toggles display of file | |
f7735be5 | 1292 | buffers only in the Buffer Menu. It is bound to T in Buffer Menu |
da9356b0 RS |
1293 | mode. |
1294 | ||
1295 | +++ | |
1296 | *** `buffer-menu' and `list-buffers' now list buffers whose names begin | |
1297 | with a space, when those buffers are visiting files. Normally buffers | |
1298 | whose names begin with space are omitted. | |
1299 | ||
1300 | --- | |
1301 | *** The new options `buffers-menu-show-directories' and | |
1302 | `buffers-menu-show-status' let you control how buffers are displayed | |
1303 | in the menu dropped down when you click "Buffers" from the menu bar. | |
1304 | ||
1305 | `buffers-menu-show-directories' controls whether the menu displays | |
1306 | leading directories as part of the file name visited by the buffer. | |
1307 | If its value is `unless-uniquify', the default, directories are | |
1308 | shown unless uniquify-buffer-name-style' is non-nil. The value of nil | |
1309 | and t turn the display of directories off and on, respectively. | |
1310 | ||
1311 | `buffers-menu-show-status' controls whether the Buffers menu includes | |
1312 | the modified and read-only status of the buffers. By default it is | |
1313 | t, and the status is shown. | |
1314 | ||
1315 | Setting these variables directly does not take effect until next time | |
1316 | the Buffers menu is regenerated. | |
1317 | ||
30b0da81 | 1318 | ** Dired mode: |
347003be | 1319 | |
a775dff4 | 1320 | --- |
30b0da81 RS |
1321 | *** New faces dired-header, dired-mark, dired-marked, dired-flagged, |
1322 | dired-ignored, dired-directory, dired-symlink, dired-warning | |
1323 | introduced for Dired mode instead of font-lock faces. | |
556621f6 | 1324 | |
30b0da81 RS |
1325 | +++ |
1326 | *** New Dired command `dired-compare-directories' marks files | |
1327 | with different file attributes in two dired buffers. | |
1d1d1b1f | 1328 | |
30b0da81 RS |
1329 | +++ |
1330 | *** New Dired command `dired-do-touch' (bound to T) changes timestamps | |
1331 | of marked files with the value entered in the minibuffer. | |
1d1d1b1f | 1332 | |
6f5c4cc9 RS |
1333 | +++ |
1334 | *** The Dired command `dired-goto-file' is now bound to j, not M-g. | |
1335 | This is to avoid hiding the global key binding of M-g. | |
1336 | ||
30b0da81 RS |
1337 | +++ |
1338 | *** In Dired's ! command (dired-do-shell-command), `*' and `?' now | |
1339 | control substitution of the file names only when they are surrounded | |
1340 | by whitespace. This means you can now use them as shell wildcards | |
1341 | too. If you want to use just plain `*' as a wildcard, type `*""'; the | |
679ce4d5 | 1342 | double quotes make no difference in the shell, but they prevent |
30b0da81 | 1343 | special treatment in `dired-do-shell-command'. |
8725c792 | 1344 | |
30b0da81 | 1345 | +++ |
6f5c4cc9 RS |
1346 | *** In Dired, the w command now stores the current line's file name |
1347 | into the kill ring. With a zero prefix arg, it stores the absolute file name. | |
1d1d1b1f | 1348 | |
30b0da81 | 1349 | +++ |
da9356b0 | 1350 | *** In Dired-x, Omitting files is now a minor mode, dired-omit-mode. |
61cb0b53 | 1351 | |
da9356b0 RS |
1352 | The mode toggling command is bound to M-o. A new command |
1353 | dired-mark-omitted, bound to * O, marks omitted files. The variable | |
1354 | dired-omit-files-p is obsoleted, use the mode toggling function | |
1355 | instead. | |
5ab0ceed | 1356 | |
30b0da81 | 1357 | +++ |
da9356b0 RS |
1358 | *** The variables dired-free-space-program and dired-free-space-args |
1359 | have been renamed to directory-free-space-program and | |
1360 | directory-free-space-args, and they now apply whenever Emacs puts a | |
1361 | directory listing into a buffer. | |
0ec6b206 | 1362 | |
da9356b0 | 1363 | ** Comint changes: |
ff6a3bfb | 1364 | |
f60a6f87 | 1365 | --- |
da9356b0 | 1366 | *** The comint prompt can now be made read-only, using the new user |
30b0da81 RS |
1367 | option `comint-prompt-read-only'. This is not enabled by default, |
1368 | except in IELM buffers. The read-only status of IELM prompts can be | |
1369 | controlled with the new user option `ielm-prompt-read-only', which | |
1370 | overrides `comint-prompt-read-only'. | |
2c37653c | 1371 | |
30b0da81 RS |
1372 | The new commands `comint-kill-whole-line' and `comint-kill-region' |
1373 | support editing comint buffers with read-only prompts. | |
957e7c38 | 1374 | |
30b0da81 RS |
1375 | `comint-kill-whole-line' is like `kill-whole-line', but ignores both |
1376 | read-only and field properties. Hence, it always kill entire | |
1377 | lines, including any prompts. | |
555c87d8 | 1378 | |
30b0da81 RS |
1379 | `comint-kill-region' is like `kill-region', except that it ignores |
1380 | read-only properties, if it is safe to do so. This means that if any | |
1381 | part of a prompt is deleted, then the entire prompt must be deleted | |
1382 | and that all prompts must stay at the beginning of a line. If this is | |
1383 | not the case, then `comint-kill-region' behaves just like | |
788c3ebe LT |
1384 | `kill-region' if read-only properties are involved: it copies the text |
1385 | to the kill-ring, but does not delete it. | |
d7b590b1 | 1386 | |
2b6bb1f2 | 1387 | +++ |
da9356b0 | 1388 | *** The new command `comint-insert-previous-argument' in comint-derived |
f7735be5 | 1389 | modes (shell-mode, etc.) inserts arguments from previous command lines, |
30b0da81 RS |
1390 | like bash's `ESC .' binding. It is bound by default to `C-c .', but |
1391 | otherwise behaves quite similarly to the bash version. | |
af7272b1 | 1392 | |
a6b017c9 | 1393 | +++ |
da9356b0 | 1394 | *** `comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields' has been renamed |
30b0da81 RS |
1395 | `comint-use-prompt-regexp'. The old name has been kept as an alias, |
1396 | but declared obsolete. | |
cc305a60 | 1397 | |
da9356b0 | 1398 | ** M-x Compile changes: |
8798ecdb | 1399 | |
dacec596 | 1400 | --- |
da9356b0 | 1401 | *** M-x compile has become more robust and reliable |
dacec596 | 1402 | |
30b0da81 RS |
1403 | Quite a few more kinds of messages are recognized. Messages that are |
1404 | recognized as warnings or informational come in orange or green, instead of | |
1405 | red. Informational messages are by default skipped with `next-error' | |
1406 | (controlled by `compilation-skip-threshold'). | |
dacec596 | 1407 | |
30b0da81 RS |
1408 | Location data is collected on the fly as the *compilation* buffer changes. |
1409 | This means you could modify messages to make them point to different files. | |
1410 | This also means you can not go to locations of messages you may have deleted. | |
b03763f4 | 1411 | |
30b0da81 RS |
1412 | The variable `compilation-error-regexp-alist' has now become customizable. If |
1413 | you had added your own regexps to this, you'll probably need to include a | |
1414 | leading `^', otherwise they'll match anywhere on a line. There is now also a | |
1415 | `compilation-mode-font-lock-keywords' and it nicely handles all the checks | |
1416 | that configure outputs and -o options so you see at a glance where you are. | |
b03763f4 | 1417 | |
30b0da81 | 1418 | The new file etc/compilation.txt gives examples of each type of message. |
b03763f4 | 1419 | |
2e4e635a | 1420 | +++ |
30b0da81 RS |
1421 | *** New user option `compilation-environment'. |
1422 | This option allows you to specify environment variables for inferior | |
1423 | compilation processes without affecting the environment that all | |
1424 | subprocesses inherit. | |
4d3eda1c | 1425 | |
619a2c49 EZ |
1426 | +++ |
1427 | *** New user option `compilation-disable-input'. | |
1428 | If this is non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input. | |
1429 | ||
da9356b0 RS |
1430 | +++ |
1431 | *** New options `next-error-highlight' and `next-error-highlight-no-select' | |
1432 | specify the method of highlighting of the corresponding source line | |
1433 | in new face `next-error'. | |
1434 | ||
1435 | +++ | |
1436 | *** A new minor mode `next-error-follow-minor-mode' can be used in | |
1437 | compilation-mode, grep-mode, occur-mode, and diff-mode (i.e. all the | |
1438 | modes that can use `next-error'). In this mode, cursor motion in the | |
1439 | buffer causes automatic display in another window of the corresponding | |
1440 | matches, compilation errors, etc. This minor mode can be toggled with | |
1441 | C-c C-f. | |
1442 | ||
a6b017c9 | 1443 | +++ |
995599a8 NR |
1444 | *** When the left fringe is displayed, an arrow points to current message in |
1445 | the compilation buffer. | |
e6467bba | 1446 | |
a6b017c9 | 1447 | +++ |
e6467bba NR |
1448 | *** The new variable `compilation-context-lines' controls lines of leading |
1449 | context before the current message. If nil and the left fringe is displayed, | |
1450 | it doesn't scroll the compilation output window. If there is no left fringe, | |
1451 | no arrow is displayed and a value of nil means display the message at the top | |
1452 | of the window. | |
1453 | ||
da9356b0 RS |
1454 | ** Occur mode changes: |
1455 | ||
1456 | +++ | |
1457 | *** In the *Occur* buffer, `o' switches to it in another window, and | |
1458 | C-o displays the current line's occurrence in another window without | |
1459 | switching to it. | |
1460 | ||
1461 | +++ | |
1462 | *** You can now use next-error (C-x `) and previous-error to advance to | |
1463 | the next/previous matching line found by M-x occur. | |
1464 | ||
1465 | +++ | |
1466 | *** The new command `multi-occur' is just like `occur', except it can | |
1467 | search multiple buffers. There is also a new command | |
b2acecc1 RS |
1468 | `multi-occur-in-matching-buffers' which allows you to specify the |
1469 | buffers to search by their filenames or buffer names. Internally, | |
1470 | Occur mode has been rewritten, and now uses font-lock, among other | |
1471 | changes. | |
da9356b0 | 1472 | |
c44da964 RS |
1473 | ** Grep changes: |
1474 | ||
30b0da81 | 1475 | +++ |
c44da964 | 1476 | *** Grep has been decoupled from compilation mode setup. |
175573ac | 1477 | |
da9356b0 RS |
1478 | There's a new separate package grep.el, with its own submenu and |
1479 | customization group. | |
fc2938d1 | 1480 | |
6b2db6f1 KS |
1481 | +++ |
1482 | *** `grep-find' is now also available under the name `find-grep' where | |
1483 | people knowing `find-grep-dired' would probably expect it. | |
1484 | ||
1485 | +++ | |
1486 | *** New commands `lgrep' (local grep) and `rgrep' (recursive grep) are | |
1487 | more user-friendly versions of `grep' and `grep-find', which prompt | |
1488 | separately for the regular expression to match, the files to search, | |
1489 | and the base directory for the search (rgrep only). Case sensitivitivy | |
1490 | of the search is controlled by the current value of `case-fold-search'. | |
1491 | ||
1492 | These commands build the shell commands based on the new variables | |
1493 | `grep-template' (lgrep) and `grep-find-template' (rgrep). | |
1494 | ||
1495 | The files to search can use aliases defined in `grep-files-aliases'. | |
1496 | ||
1497 | Subdirectories listed in `grep-find-ignored-directories' such as those | |
1498 | typically used by various version control systems, like CVS and arch, | |
1499 | are automatically skipped by `rgrep'. | |
1500 | ||
813f3d41 | 1501 | --- |
6b2db6f1 | 1502 | *** The grep commands provide highlighting support. |
fc2938d1 | 1503 | |
30b0da81 | 1504 | Hits are fontified in green, and hits in binary files in orange. Grep buffers |
da9356b0 | 1505 | can be saved and automatically revisited. |
fc2938d1 | 1506 | |
a775dff4 | 1507 | --- |
6b2db6f1 KS |
1508 | *** The new variables `grep-window-height' and `grep-scroll-output' override |
1509 | the corresponding compilation mode settings, for grep commands only. | |
af3b9e47 | 1510 | |
30b0da81 | 1511 | +++ |
679ce4d5 | 1512 | *** New option `grep-highlight-matches' highlights matches in *grep* |
30b0da81 RS |
1513 | buffer. It uses a special feature of some grep programs which accept |
1514 | --color option to output markers around matches. When going to the next | |
1515 | match with `next-error' the exact match is highlighted in the source | |
1516 | buffer. Otherwise, if `grep-highlight-matches' is nil, the whole | |
1517 | source line is highlighted. | |
fc2938d1 | 1518 | |
30b0da81 RS |
1519 | +++ |
1520 | *** New key bindings in grep output window: | |
1521 | SPC and DEL scrolls window up and down. C-n and C-p moves to next and | |
1522 | previous match in the grep window. RET jumps to the source line of | |
1523 | the current match. `n' and `p' shows next and previous match in | |
1524 | other window, but does not switch buffer. `{' and `}' jumps to the | |
1525 | previous or next file in the grep output. TAB also jumps to the next | |
1526 | file. | |
fc2938d1 | 1527 | |
1c6576ab | 1528 | +++ |
da9356b0 | 1529 | *** M-x grep now tries to avoid appending `/dev/null' to the command line |
30b0da81 RS |
1530 | by using GNU grep `-H' option instead. M-x grep automatically |
1531 | detects whether this is possible or not the first time it is invoked. | |
1532 | When `-H' is used, the grep command line supplied by the user is passed | |
1533 | unchanged to the system to execute, which allows more complicated | |
1534 | command lines to be used than was possible before. | |
a4ac5b17 | 1535 | |
406c0f12 | 1536 | ** X Windows Support: |
b5d2c621 | 1537 | |
406c0f12 RS |
1538 | +++ |
1539 | *** Emacs now supports drag and drop for X. Dropping a file on a window | |
1540 | opens it, dropping text inserts the text. Dropping a file on a dired | |
1541 | buffer copies or moves the file to that directory. | |
1a667242 | 1542 | |
406c0f12 RS |
1543 | +++ |
1544 | *** Under X11, it is possible to swap Alt and Meta (and Super and Hyper). | |
1545 | The new variables `x-alt-keysym', `x-hyper-keysym', `x-meta-keysym', | |
1546 | and `x-super-keysym' can be used to choose which keysyms Emacs should | |
1547 | use for the modifiers. For example, the following two lines swap | |
1548 | Meta and Alt: | |
1549 | (setq x-alt-keysym 'meta) | |
1550 | (setq x-meta-keysym 'alt) | |
63a7fdcf | 1551 | |
406c0f12 | 1552 | +++ |
da9356b0 | 1553 | *** The X resource useXIM can be used to turn off use of XIM, which can |
406c0f12 | 1554 | speed up Emacs with slow networking to the X server. |
813f3d41 | 1555 | |
406c0f12 RS |
1556 | If the configure option `--without-xim' was used to turn off use of |
1557 | XIM by default, the X resource useXIM can be used to turn it on. | |
a775dff4 | 1558 | |
30b0da81 | 1559 | --- |
406c0f12 RS |
1560 | *** The new variable `x-select-request-type' controls how Emacs |
1561 | requests X selection. The default value is nil, which means that | |
1562 | Emacs requests X selection with types COMPOUND_TEXT and UTF8_STRING, | |
1563 | and use the more appropriately result. | |
a775dff4 | 1564 | |
406c0f12 RS |
1565 | --- |
1566 | *** The scrollbar under LessTif or Motif has a smoother drag-scrolling. | |
1567 | On the other hand, the size of the thumb does not represent the actual | |
1568 | amount of text shown any more (only a crude approximation of it). | |
a775dff4 | 1569 | |
406c0f12 RS |
1570 | ** Xterm support: |
1571 | ||
1572 | --- | |
09abf31a LT |
1573 | *** If you enable Xterm Mouse mode, Emacs will respond to mouse clicks |
1574 | on the mode line, header line and display margin, when run in an xterm. | |
406c0f12 RS |
1575 | |
1576 | --- | |
1577 | *** Improved key bindings support when running in an xterm. | |
1578 | When emacs is running in an xterm more key bindings are available. The | |
fa2b23e5 | 1579 | following should work: |
406c0f12 RS |
1580 | {C,S,C-S,A}-{right,left,up,down,prior,next,delete,insert,F1-12}. |
1581 | These key bindings work on xterm from X.org 6.8, they might not work on | |
1582 | some older versions of xterm, or on some proprietary versions. | |
1583 | ||
da9356b0 | 1584 | ** Character terminal color support changes: |
406c0f12 RS |
1585 | |
1586 | +++ | |
1587 | *** The new command-line option --color=MODE lets you specify a standard | |
1588 | mode for a tty color support. It is meant to be used on character | |
1589 | terminals whose capabilities are not set correctly in the terminal | |
1590 | database, or with terminal emulators which support colors, but don't | |
1591 | set the TERM environment variable to a name of a color-capable | |
1592 | terminal. "emacs --color" uses the same color commands as GNU `ls' | |
1593 | when invoked with "ls --color", so if your terminal can support colors | |
1594 | in "ls --color", it will support "emacs --color" as well. See the | |
1595 | user manual for the possible values of the MODE parameter. | |
1596 | ||
1597 | --- | |
1598 | *** Emacs now supports several character terminals which provide more | |
1599 | than 8 colors. For example, for `xterm', 16-color, 88-color, and | |
1600 | 256-color modes are supported. Emacs automatically notes at startup | |
1601 | the extended number of colors, and defines the appropriate entries for | |
1602 | all of these colors. | |
1603 | ||
1604 | +++ | |
1605 | *** Emacs now uses the full range of available colors for the default | |
1606 | faces when running on a color terminal, including 16-, 88-, and | |
1607 | 256-color xterms. This means that when you run "emacs -nw" on an | |
1608 | 88-color or 256-color xterm, you will see essentially the same face | |
1609 | colors as on X. | |
1610 | ||
1611 | --- | |
1612 | *** There's a new support for colors on `rxvt' terminal emulator. | |
da9356b0 | 1613 | \f |
c44da964 | 1614 | * New Modes and Packages in Emacs 22.1 |
406c0f12 | 1615 | |
597993cf MB |
1616 | ** ERC is now part of the Emacs distribution. |
1617 | ||
1618 | ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client for Emacs. | |
1619 | ||
1620 | To see what modules are available, type | |
1621 | M-x customize-option erc-modules RET. | |
1622 | ||
1623 | To start an IRC session, type M-x erc-select, and follow the prompts | |
1624 | for server, port, and nick. | |
1625 | ||
1626 | --- | |
10625c3c RS |
1627 | ** Rcirc is now part of the Emacs distribution. |
1628 | ||
1629 | Rcirc is an Internet relay chat (IRC) client. It supports | |
1630 | simultaneous connections to multiple IRC servers. Each discussion | |
1631 | takes place in its own buffer. For each connection you can join | |
1632 | several channels (many-to-many) and participate in private | |
1633 | (one-to-one) chats. Both channel and private chats are contained in | |
1634 | separate buffers. | |
1635 | ||
1636 | To start an IRC session, type M-x irc, and follow the prompts for | |
1637 | server, port, nick and initial channels. | |
1638 | ||
5c4757d3 RS |
1639 | --- |
1640 | ** Newsticker is now part of the Emacs distribution. | |
1641 | ||
1642 | Newsticker asynchronously retrieves headlines (RSS) from a list of news | |
1643 | sites, prepares these headlines for reading, and allows for loading the | |
1644 | corresponding articles in a web browser. Its documentation is in a | |
1645 | separate manual. | |
1646 | ||
a19a0003 RS |
1647 | +++ |
1648 | ** savehist saves minibuffer histories between sessions. | |
c7deede0 | 1649 | To use this feature, turn on savehist-mode in your `.emacs' file. |
a19a0003 | 1650 | |
406c0f12 RS |
1651 | +++ |
1652 | ** Filesets are collections of files. You can define a fileset in | |
1653 | various ways, such as based on a directory tree or based on | |
1654 | program files that include other program files. | |
1655 | ||
1656 | Once you have defined a fileset, you can perform various operations on | |
1657 | all the files in it, such as visiting them or searching and replacing | |
1658 | in them. | |
1659 | ||
406c0f12 RS |
1660 | +++ |
1661 | ** Calc is now part of the Emacs distribution. | |
1662 | ||
1663 | Calc is an advanced desk calculator and mathematical tool written in | |
61322d72 JB |
1664 | Emacs Lisp. The prefix for Calc has been changed to `C-x *' and Calc |
1665 | can be started with `C-x * *'. The Calc manual is separate from the | |
1666 | Emacs manual; within Emacs, type "C-h i m calc RET" to read the | |
1667 | manual. A reference card is available in `etc/calccard.tex' and | |
1668 | `etc/calccard.ps'. | |
406c0f12 RS |
1669 | |
1670 | --- | |
9bae34bf RS |
1671 | ** The new package ibuffer provides a powerful, completely |
1672 | customizable replacement for buff-menu.el. | |
1673 | ||
1674 | --- | |
1675 | ** Ido mode is now part of the Emacs distribution. | |
1676 | ||
1677 | The ido (interactively do) package is an extension of the iswitchb | |
1678 | package to do interactive opening of files and directories in addition | |
1679 | to interactive buffer switching. Ido is a superset of iswitchb (with | |
1680 | a few exceptions), so don't enable both packages. | |
406c0f12 RS |
1681 | |
1682 | +++ | |
9bae34bf RS |
1683 | ** Image files are normally visited in Image mode, which lets you toggle |
1684 | between viewing the image and viewing the text using C-c C-c. | |
406c0f12 RS |
1685 | |
1686 | --- | |
1687 | ** CUA mode is now part of the Emacs distribution. | |
1688 | ||
1689 | The new cua package provides CUA-like keybindings using C-x for | |
1690 | cut (kill), C-c for copy, C-v for paste (yank), and C-z for undo. | |
1691 | With cua, the region can be set and extended using shifted movement | |
1692 | keys (like pc-selection-mode) and typed text replaces the active | |
1693 | region (like delete-selection-mode). Do not enable these modes with | |
1694 | cua-mode. Customize the variable `cua-mode' to enable cua. | |
1695 | ||
1696 | In addition, cua provides unified rectangle support with visible | |
7bee0d64 | 1697 | rectangle highlighting: Use C-return to start a rectangle, extend it |
406c0f12 RS |
1698 | using the movement commands (or mouse-3), and cut or copy it using C-x |
1699 | or C-c (using C-w and M-w also works). | |
1700 | ||
1701 | Use M-o and M-c to `open' or `close' the rectangle, use M-b or M-f, to | |
1702 | fill it with blanks or another character, use M-u or M-l to upcase or | |
1703 | downcase the rectangle, use M-i to increment the numbers in the | |
1704 | rectangle, use M-n to fill the rectangle with a numeric sequence (such | |
1705 | as 10 20 30...), use M-r to replace a regexp in the rectangle, and use | |
1706 | M-' or M-/ to restrict command on the rectangle to a subset of the | |
1707 | rows. See the commentary in cua-base.el for more rectangle commands. | |
1708 | ||
1709 | Cua also provides unified support for registers: Use a numeric | |
1710 | prefix argument between 0 and 9, i.e. M-0 .. M-9, for C-x, C-c, and | |
1711 | C-v to cut or copy into register 0-9, or paste from register 0-9. | |
1712 | ||
1713 | The last text deleted (not killed) is automatically stored in | |
1714 | register 0. This includes text deleted by typing text. | |
1715 | ||
1716 | Finally, cua provides a global mark which is set using S-C-space. | |
1717 | When the global mark is active, any text which is cut or copied is | |
1718 | automatically inserted at the global mark position. See the | |
1719 | commentary in cua-base.el for more global mark related commands. | |
1720 | ||
1721 | The features of cua also works with the standard emacs bindings for | |
1722 | kill, copy, yank, and undo. If you want to use cua mode, but don't | |
da9356b0 | 1723 | want the C-x, C-c, C-v, and C-z bindings, you can customize the |
406c0f12 RS |
1724 | `cua-enable-cua-keys' variable. |
1725 | ||
1726 | Note: This version of cua mode is not backwards compatible with older | |
1727 | versions of cua.el and cua-mode.el. To ensure proper operation, you | |
1728 | must remove older versions of cua.el or cua-mode.el as well as the | |
1729 | loading and customization of those packages from the .emacs file. | |
1730 | ||
1918f5d5 | 1731 | +++ |
740d6b03 | 1732 | ** Org mode is now part of the Emacs distribution |
1918f5d5 | 1733 | |
740d6b03 | 1734 | Org mode is a mode for keeping notes, maintaining ToDo lists, and |
005afe92 CD |
1735 | doing project planning with a fast and effective plain-text system. |
1736 | It also contains a plain-text table editor with spreadsheet-like | |
1918f5d5 CD |
1737 | capabilities. |
1738 | ||
740d6b03 | 1739 | The Org mode table editor can be integrated into any major mode by |
1918f5d5 CD |
1740 | activating the minor Orgtbl-mode. |
1741 | ||
e3250254 CD |
1742 | The documentation for org-mode is in a separate manual; within Emacs, |
1743 | type "C-h i m org RET" to read that manual. A reference card is | |
1744 | available in `etc/orgcard.tex' and `etc/orgcard.ps'. | |
1745 | ||
406c0f12 RS |
1746 | +++ |
1747 | ** The new package dns-mode.el add syntax highlight of DNS master files. | |
1748 | The key binding C-c C-s (`dns-mode-soa-increment-serial') can be used | |
1749 | to increment the SOA serial. | |
1750 | ||
1751 | --- | |
1752 | ** The new global minor mode `file-name-shadow-mode' modifies the way | |
1753 | filenames being entered by the user in the minibuffer are displayed, so | |
1754 | that it's clear when part of the entered filename will be ignored due to | |
1755 | emacs' filename parsing rules. The ignored portion can be made dim, | |
679ce4d5 | 1756 | invisible, or otherwise less visually noticeable. The display method can |
406c0f12 RS |
1757 | be displayed by customizing the variable `file-name-shadow-properties'. |
1758 | ||
1759 | +++ | |
1760 | ** The new package flymake.el does on-the-fly syntax checking of program | |
1761 | source files. See the Flymake's Info manual for more details. | |
1762 | ||
406c0f12 RS |
1763 | +++ |
1764 | ** The new keypad setup package provides several common bindings for | |
1765 | the numeric keypad which is available on most keyboards. The numeric | |
1766 | keypad typically has the digits 0 to 9, a decimal point, keys marked | |
1767 | +, -, /, and *, an Enter key, and a NumLock toggle key. The keypad | |
1768 | package only controls the use of the digit and decimal keys. | |
1769 | ||
1770 | By customizing the variables `keypad-setup', `keypad-shifted-setup', | |
1771 | `keypad-numlock-setup', and `keypad-numlock-shifted-setup', or by | |
1772 | using the function `keypad-setup', you can rebind all digit keys and | |
1773 | the decimal key of the keypad in one step for each of the four | |
1774 | possible combinations of the Shift key state (not pressed/pressed) and | |
1775 | the NumLock toggle state (off/on). | |
1776 | ||
1777 | The choices for the keypad keys in each of the above states are: | |
1778 | `Plain numeric keypad' where the keys generates plain digits, | |
1779 | `Numeric keypad with decimal key' where the character produced by the | |
1780 | decimal key can be customized individually (for internationalization), | |
1781 | `Numeric Prefix Arg' where the keypad keys produce numeric prefix args | |
1782 | for emacs editing commands, `Cursor keys' and `Shifted Cursor keys' | |
1783 | where the keys work like (shifted) arrow keys, home/end, etc., and | |
1784 | `Unspecified/User-defined' where the keypad keys (kp-0, kp-1, etc.) | |
1785 | are left unspecified and can be bound individually through the global | |
1786 | or local keymaps. | |
1787 | ||
1788 | +++ | |
1789 | ** The new kmacro package provides a simpler user interface to | |
1790 | emacs' keyboard macro facilities. | |
1791 | ||
1792 | Basically, it uses two function keys (default F3 and F4) like this: | |
1793 | F3 starts a macro, F4 ends the macro, and pressing F4 again executes | |
1794 | the last macro. While defining the macro, F3 inserts a counter value | |
1795 | which automatically increments every time the macro is executed. | |
1796 | ||
1797 | There is now a keyboard macro ring which stores the most recently | |
1798 | defined macros. | |
1799 | ||
1800 | The C-x C-k sequence is now a prefix for the kmacro keymap which | |
1801 | defines bindings for moving through the keyboard macro ring, | |
1802 | C-x C-k C-p and C-x C-k C-n, editing the last macro C-x C-k C-e, | |
1803 | manipulating the macro counter and format via C-x C-k C-c, | |
1804 | C-x C-k C-a, and C-x C-k C-f. See the commentary in kmacro.el | |
1805 | for more commands. | |
1806 | ||
1807 | The normal macro bindings C-x (, C-x ), and C-x e now interfaces to | |
1808 | the keyboard macro ring. | |
1809 | ||
1810 | The C-x e command now automatically terminates the current macro | |
1811 | before calling it, if used while defining a macro. | |
1812 | ||
1813 | In addition, when ending or calling a macro with C-x e, the macro can | |
1814 | be repeated immediately by typing just the `e'. You can customize | |
4ccda9c3 | 1815 | this behavior via the variables kmacro-call-repeat-key and |
406c0f12 RS |
1816 | kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg. |
1817 | ||
1818 | Keyboard macros can now be debugged and edited interactively. | |
1819 | C-x C-k SPC steps through the last keyboard macro one key sequence | |
1820 | at a time, prompting for the actions to take. | |
1821 | ||
9bae34bf RS |
1822 | --- |
1823 | ** New minor mode, Visible mode, toggles invisibility in the current buffer. | |
1824 | When enabled, it makes all invisible text visible. When disabled, it | |
1825 | restores the previous value of `buffer-invisibility-spec'. | |
1826 | ||
1827 | +++ | |
1828 | ** The wdired.el package allows you to use normal editing commands on Dired | |
1829 | buffers to change filenames, permissions, etc... | |
1830 | ||
406c0f12 RS |
1831 | +++ |
1832 | ** The new package longlines.el provides a minor mode for editing text | |
1833 | files composed of long lines, based on the `use-hard-newlines' | |
1834 | mechanism. The long lines are broken up by inserting soft newlines, | |
1835 | which are automatically removed when saving the file to disk or | |
1836 | copying into the kill ring, clipboard, etc. By default, Longlines | |
1837 | mode inserts soft newlines automatically during editing, a behavior | |
1838 | referred to as "soft word wrap" in other text editors. This is | |
1839 | similar to Refill mode, but more reliable. To turn the word wrap | |
1840 | feature off, set `longlines-auto-wrap' to nil. | |
1841 | ||
a6b017c9 | 1842 | +++ |
406c0f12 RS |
1843 | ** The printing package is now part of the Emacs distribution. |
1844 | ||
1845 | If you enable the printing package by including (require 'printing) in | |
1846 | the .emacs file, the normal Print item on the File menu is replaced | |
1847 | with a Print sub-menu which allows you to preview output through | |
1848 | ghostview, use ghostscript to print (if you don't have a PostScript | |
1849 | printer) or send directly to printer a PostScript code generated by | |
1850 | `ps-print' package. Use M-x pr-help for more information. | |
1851 | ||
406c0f12 RS |
1852 | --- |
1853 | ** The minor mode Reveal mode makes text visible on the fly as you | |
1854 | move your cursor into hidden regions of the buffer. | |
1855 | It should work with any package that uses overlays to hide parts | |
1856 | of a buffer, such as outline-minor-mode, hs-minor-mode, hide-ifdef-mode, ... | |
1857 | ||
1858 | There is also Global Reveal mode which affects all buffers. | |
1859 | ||
1860 | --- | |
1861 | ** The ruler-mode.el library provides a minor mode for displaying an | |
1862 | "active" ruler in the header line. You can use the mouse to visually | |
1863 | change the `fill-column', `window-margins' and `tab-stop-list' | |
1864 | settings. | |
1865 | ||
1866 | +++ | |
1867 | ** SES mode (ses-mode) is a new major mode for creating and editing | |
1868 | spreadsheet files. Besides the usual Emacs features (intuitive command | |
1869 | letters, undo, cell formulas in Lisp, plaintext files, etc.) it also offers | |
1870 | viral immunity and import/export of tab-separated values. | |
1871 | ||
1872 | +++ | |
1873 | ** The new global minor mode `size-indication-mode' (off by default) | |
1874 | shows the size of accessible part of the buffer on the mode line. | |
1875 | ||
1876 | +++ | |
1877 | ** The new package table.el implements editable, WYSIWYG, embedded | |
1878 | `text tables' in Emacs buffers. It simulates the effect of putting | |
1879 | these tables in a special major mode. The package emulates WYSIWYG | |
1880 | table editing available in modern word processors. The package also | |
1881 | can generate a table source in typesetting and markup languages such | |
1882 | as latex and html from the visually laid out text table. | |
1883 | ||
fa0d4d0c RS |
1884 | ** The tumme.el package allows you to easily view, tag and in other ways |
1885 | manipulate image files and their thumbnails, using dired as the main interface. | |
1886 | Tumme provides functionality to generate simple image galleries. | |
406c0f12 RS |
1887 | |
1888 | +++ | |
1889 | ** Tramp is now part of the distribution. | |
1890 | ||
1891 | This package is similar to Ange-FTP: it allows you to edit remote | |
1892 | files. But whereas Ange-FTP uses FTP to access the remote host, | |
1893 | Tramp uses a shell connection. The shell connection is always used | |
1894 | for filename completion and directory listings and suchlike, but for | |
1895 | the actual file transfer, you can choose between the so-called | |
1896 | `inline' methods (which transfer the files through the shell | |
1897 | connection using base64 or uu encoding) and the `out-of-band' methods | |
1898 | (which invoke an external copying program such as `rcp' or `scp' or | |
1899 | `rsync' to do the copying). | |
1900 | ||
1901 | Shell connections can be acquired via `rsh', `ssh', `telnet' and also | |
1902 | `su' and `sudo'. Ange-FTP is still supported via the `ftp' method. | |
1903 | ||
1904 | If you want to disable Tramp you should set | |
1905 | ||
1906 | (setq tramp-default-method "ftp") | |
1907 | ||
87899d7e MA |
1908 | Removing Tramp, and re-enabling Ange-FTP, can be achieved by M-x |
1909 | tramp-unload-tramp. | |
1910 | ||
406c0f12 RS |
1911 | --- |
1912 | ** The URL package (which had been part of W3) is now part of Emacs. | |
1913 | ||
1914 | --- | |
9bae34bf RS |
1915 | ** `cfengine-mode' is a major mode for editing GNU Cfengine |
1916 | configuration files. | |
406c0f12 RS |
1917 | |
1918 | +++ | |
9bae34bf RS |
1919 | ** The new package conf-mode.el handles thousands of configuration files, with |
1920 | varying syntaxes for comments (;, #, //, /* */ or !), assignment (var = value, | |
1921 | var : value, var value or keyword var value) and sections ([section] or | |
1922 | section { }). Many files under /etc/, or with suffixes like .cf through | |
1923 | .config, .properties (Java), .desktop (KDE/Gnome), .ini and many others are | |
1924 | recognized. | |
da9356b0 RS |
1925 | |
1926 | --- | |
9bae34bf | 1927 | ** GDB-Script-mode is used for files like .gdbinit. |
da9356b0 RS |
1928 | |
1929 | +++ | |
9bae34bf | 1930 | ** The new python.el package is used to edit Python and Jython programs. |
da9356b0 RS |
1931 | |
1932 | --- | |
9bae34bf RS |
1933 | ** The TCL package tcl-mode.el was replaced by tcl.el. |
1934 | This was actually done in Emacs-21.1, and was not documented. | |
94396ace RS |
1935 | |
1936 | ** The new package scroll-lock.el provides the Scroll Lock minor mode | |
1937 | for pager-like scrolling. Keys which normally move point by line or | |
1938 | paragraph will scroll the buffer by the respective amount of lines | |
1939 | instead and point will be kept vertically fixed relative to window | |
1940 | boundaries during scrolling. | |
b65dd340 | 1941 | |
0815600c | 1942 | +++ |
b65dd340 NR |
1943 | ** The file t-mouse.el is now part of Emacs and provides access to mouse |
1944 | events from the console. It still requires gpm to work but has been updated | |
1945 | for Emacs 22. In particular, the mode-line is now position sensitive. | |
c44da964 RS |
1946 | \f |
1947 | * Changes in Specialized Modes and Packages in Emacs 22.1: | |
da9356b0 | 1948 | |
5f64e9f6 | 1949 | ** Changes in Dired |
679ce4d5 RF |
1950 | |
1951 | +++ | |
5f64e9f6 MD |
1952 | *** Bindings for Tumme added |
1953 | Several new keybindings, all starting with the C-t prefix, have been | |
1954 | added to Dired. They are all bound to commands in Tumme. As a starting | |
1955 | point, mark some image files in a dired buffer and do C-t d to display | |
1956 | thumbnails of them in a separate buffer. | |
679ce4d5 RF |
1957 | |
1958 | ** Changes in Hi Lock | |
a8514f71 EZ |
1959 | |
1960 | +++ | |
1961 | *** hi-lock-mode now only affects a single buffer, and a new function | |
1962 | `global-hi-lock-mode' enables Hi Lock in all buffers. By default, if | |
1963 | hi-lock-mode is used in what appears to be the initialization file, a | |
1964 | warning message suggests to use global-hi-lock-mode instead. However, | |
1965 | if the new variable `hi-lock-archaic-interface-deduce' is non-nil, | |
1966 | using hi-lock-mode in an initialization file will turn on Hi Lock in all | |
1967 | buffers and no warning will be issued (for compatibility with the | |
1968 | behavior in older versions of Emacs). | |
1969 | ||
81154e3d EZ |
1970 | ** Changes in Allout |
1971 | ||
1972 | *** Topic cryptography added, enabling easy gpg topic encryption and | |
1973 | decryption. Per-topic basis enables interspersing encrypted-text and | |
1d489c0d | 1974 | clear-text within a single file to your heart's content, using symmetric |
81154e3d EZ |
1975 | and/or public key modes. Time-limited key caching, user-provided |
1976 | symmetric key hinting and consistency verification, auto-encryption of | |
1977 | pending topics on save, and more, make it easy to use encryption in | |
1978 | powerful ways. | |
1979 | ||
4b1af9ac RS |
1980 | *** `allout-view-change-hook' marked as being deprecated - use |
1981 | `allout-exposure-change-hook' instead. Both are currently being used, but | |
1982 | `allout-view-change-hook' will be ignored in a subsequent allout version. | |
1983 | ||
1d489c0d EZ |
1984 | *** Default command prefix changed to "\C-c " (control-c space), to avoid |
1985 | intruding on user's keybinding space. Customize the | |
1986 | `allout-command-prefix' variable to your preference. | |
1987 | ||
1988 | *** Allout now uses text overlay's `invisible' property (and others) for | |
1989 | concealed text, instead of selective-display. This simplifies the code, in | |
4b1af9ac | 1990 | particular avoiding the need for kludges for isearch dynamic-display, |
1d489c0d EZ |
1991 | discretionary handling of edits of concealed text, undo concerns, etc. |
1992 | ||
1993 | *** Many substantial fixes and refinements, including: | |
81154e3d | 1994 | |
0db1539e | 1995 | - repaired inhibition of inadvertent edits to concealed text |
81154e3d | 1996 | - repaired retention of topic body hanging indent upon topic depth shifts |
1d489c0d EZ |
1997 | - refuse to create "containment discontinuities", where a |
1998 | topic is shifted deeper than the offspring-depth of its' container | |
1999 | - bulleting variation is simpler and more accommodating, both in the | |
2000 | default behavior and in ability to vary when creating new topics | |
2001 | - many internal fixes and refinements | |
2002 | - many module and function docstring clarifications | |
2003 | - version number incremented to 2.2 | |
81154e3d | 2004 | |
ee5d9fdf EZ |
2005 | ** The variable `woman-topic-at-point' was renamed |
2006 | to `woman-use-topic-at-point' and behaves differently: if this | |
2007 | variable is non-nil, the `woman' command uses the word at point | |
2008 | automatically, without asking for a confirmation. Otherwise, the word | |
2009 | at point is suggested as default, but not inserted at the prompt. | |
2010 | ||
97beadbd EZ |
2011 | --- |
2012 | ** Changes to cmuscheme | |
2013 | ||
2014 | *** Emacs now offers to start Scheme if the user tries to | |
2015 | evaluate a Scheme expression but no Scheme subprocess is running. | |
2016 | ||
2017 | *** If a file `.emacs_NAME' (where NAME is the name of the Scheme interpreter) | |
b3ff69c1 | 2018 | exists in the user's home directory or in ~/.emacs.d, its |
97beadbd EZ |
2019 | contents are sent to the Scheme subprocess upon startup. |
2020 | ||
2021 | *** There are new commands to instruct the Scheme interpreter to trace | |
2022 | procedure calls (`scheme-trace-procedure') and to expand syntactic forms | |
2023 | (`scheme-expand-current-form'). The commands actually sent to the Scheme | |
2024 | subprocess are controlled by the user options `scheme-trace-command', | |
2025 | `scheme-untrace-command' and `scheme-expand-current-form'. | |
2026 | ||
a6b017c9 | 2027 | --- |
e22fdc36 RW |
2028 | ** Changes in Makefile mode |
2029 | ||
2030 | *** Makefile mode has submodes for automake, gmake, makepp, BSD make and imake. | |
7daddde2 | 2031 | |
3968c89f | 2032 | The former two couldn't be differentiated before, and the latter three |
7daddde2 RS |
2033 | are new. Font-locking is robust now and offers new customizable |
2034 | faces. | |
dda6a168 | 2035 | |
e22fdc36 RW |
2036 | *** The variable `makefile-query-one-target-method' has been renamed |
2037 | to `makefile-query-one-target-method-function'. The old name is still | |
2038 | available as alias. | |
2039 | ||
406c0f12 | 2040 | +++ |
7daddde2 | 2041 | ** In Outline mode, `hide-body' no longer hides lines at the top |
c44da964 | 2042 | of the file that precede the first header line. |
406c0f12 RS |
2043 | |
2044 | +++ | |
c44da964 RS |
2045 | ** Telnet now prompts you for a port number with C-u M-x telnet. |
2046 | ||
2047 | --- | |
7daddde2 | 2048 | ** The terminal emulation code in term.el has been improved; it can |
c44da964 RS |
2049 | run most curses applications now. |
2050 | ||
2051 | +++ | |
7daddde2 | 2052 | ** M-x diff uses Diff mode instead of Compilation mode. |
c44da964 | 2053 | |
90b57156 RS |
2054 | +++ |
2055 | ** Diff mode key bindings changed. | |
2056 | ||
2057 | These are the new bindings: | |
2058 | ||
2059 | C-c C-e diff-ediff-patch (old M-A) | |
2060 | C-c C-n diff-restrict-view (old M-r) | |
2061 | C-c C-r diff-reverse-direction (old M-R) | |
2062 | C-c C-u diff-context->unified (old M-U) | |
2063 | C-c C-w diff-refine-hunk (old C-c C-r) | |
2064 | ||
2065 | To convert unified to context format, use C-u C-c C-u. | |
2066 | In addition, C-c C-u now operates on the region | |
2067 | in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active. | |
2068 | ||
c44da964 | 2069 | +++ |
7daddde2 | 2070 | ** You can now customize `fill-nobreak-predicate' to control where |
c44da964 RS |
2071 | filling can break lines. The value is now normally a list of |
2072 | functions, but it can also be a single function, for compatibility. | |
2073 | ||
7daddde2 RS |
2074 | Emacs provide two predicates, `fill-single-word-nobreak-p' and |
2075 | `fill-french-nobreak-p', for use as the value of | |
2076 | `fill-nobreak-predicate'. | |
c44da964 RS |
2077 | |
2078 | --- | |
2079 | ** M-x view-file and commands that use it now avoid interfering | |
2080 | with special modes such as Tar mode. | |
2081 | ||
2082 | --- | |
7daddde2 RS |
2083 | ** Commands `winner-redo' and `winner-undo', from winner.el, are now |
2084 | bound to C-c <left> and C-c <right>, respectively. This is an | |
2085 | incompatible change. | |
c44da964 RS |
2086 | |
2087 | --- | |
7daddde2 | 2088 | ** `global-whitespace-mode' is a new alias for `whitespace-global-mode'. |
c44da964 RS |
2089 | |
2090 | +++ | |
2091 | ** M-x compare-windows now can automatically skip non-matching text to | |
2092 | resync points in both windows. | |
2093 | ||
2094 | +++ | |
2095 | ** New user option `add-log-always-start-new-record'. | |
7daddde2 | 2096 | |
c44da964 RS |
2097 | When this option is enabled, M-x add-change-log-entry always |
2098 | starts a new record regardless of when the last record is. | |
406c0f12 RS |
2099 | |
2100 | --- | |
2101 | ** PO translation files are decoded according to their MIME headers | |
2102 | when Emacs visits them. | |
2103 | ||
c44da964 | 2104 | ** Info mode changes: |
406c0f12 RS |
2105 | |
2106 | +++ | |
2107 | *** A numeric prefix argument of `info' selects an Info buffer | |
7daddde2 | 2108 | with the number appended to the `*info*' buffer name (e.g. "*info*<2>"). |
406c0f12 | 2109 | |
a11c9215 | 2110 | +++ |
406c0f12 | 2111 | *** isearch in Info uses Info-search and searches through multiple nodes. |
7daddde2 | 2112 | |
406c0f12 RS |
2113 | Before leaving the initial Info node isearch fails once with the error |
2114 | message [initial node], and with subsequent C-s/C-r continues through | |
2115 | other nodes. When isearch fails for the rest of the manual, it wraps | |
679ce4d5 | 2116 | around the whole manual to the top/final node. The user option |
406c0f12 RS |
2117 | `Info-isearch-search' controls whether to use Info-search for isearch, |
2118 | or the default isearch search function that wraps around the current | |
2119 | Info node. | |
2120 | ||
a11c9215 | 2121 | --- |
406c0f12 RS |
2122 | *** New search commands: `Info-search-case-sensitively' (bound to S), |
2123 | `Info-search-backward', and `Info-search-next' which repeats the last | |
2124 | search without prompting for a new search string. | |
2125 | ||
a11c9215 | 2126 | +++ |
406c0f12 RS |
2127 | *** New command `Info-history-forward' (bound to r and new toolbar icon) |
2128 | moves forward in history to the node you returned from after using | |
2129 | `Info-history-back' (renamed from `Info-last'). | |
2130 | ||
a11c9215 | 2131 | --- |
406c0f12 RS |
2132 | *** New command `Info-history' (bound to L) displays a menu of visited nodes. |
2133 | ||
a11c9215 | 2134 | --- |
406c0f12 RS |
2135 | *** New command `Info-toc' (bound to T) creates a node with table of contents |
2136 | from the tree structure of menus of the current Info file. | |
2137 | ||
a11c9215 | 2138 | +++ |
406c0f12 RS |
2139 | *** New command `info-apropos' searches the indices of the known |
2140 | Info files on your system for a string, and builds a menu of the | |
2141 | possible matches. | |
2142 | ||
a11c9215 | 2143 | --- |
406c0f12 RS |
2144 | *** New command `Info-copy-current-node-name' (bound to w) copies |
2145 | the current Info node name into the kill ring. With a zero prefix | |
2146 | arg, puts the node name inside the `info' function call. | |
2147 | ||
a11c9215 | 2148 | +++ |
406c0f12 RS |
2149 | *** New face `info-xref-visited' distinguishes visited nodes from unvisited |
2150 | and a new option `Info-fontify-visited-nodes' to control this. | |
2151 | ||
a11c9215 | 2152 | --- |
406c0f12 RS |
2153 | *** http and ftp links in Info are now operational: they look like cross |
2154 | references and following them calls `browse-url'. | |
2155 | ||
2156 | +++ | |
2157 | *** Info now hides node names in menus and cross references by default. | |
7daddde2 | 2158 | |
406c0f12 RS |
2159 | If you prefer the old behavior, you can set the new user option |
2160 | `Info-hide-note-references' to nil. | |
2161 | ||
2162 | --- | |
2163 | *** Images in Info pages are supported. | |
7daddde2 | 2164 | |
406c0f12 RS |
2165 | Info pages show embedded images, in Emacs frames with image support. |
2166 | Info documentation that includes images, processed with makeinfo | |
2167 | version 4.7 or newer, compiles to Info pages with embedded images. | |
2168 | ||
2169 | +++ | |
2170 | *** The default value for `Info-scroll-prefer-subnodes' is now nil. | |
c64a682c | 2171 | |
30b0da81 | 2172 | --- |
7daddde2 | 2173 | *** `Info-index' offers completion. |
3996d07a | 2174 | |
406c0f12 RS |
2175 | ** Lisp mode changes: |
2176 | ||
30b0da81 | 2177 | --- |
7daddde2 | 2178 | *** Lisp mode now uses `font-lock-doc-face' for doc strings. |
62ce3608 | 2179 | |
1c6576ab | 2180 | +++ |
7daddde2 | 2181 | *** C-u C-M-q in Emacs Lisp mode pretty-prints the list after point. |
c145bbb3 | 2182 | |
406c0f12 | 2183 | *** New features in evaluation commands |
81f755ae | 2184 | |
85df292e | 2185 | +++ |
7daddde2 | 2186 | **** The function `eval-defun' (C-M-x) called on defface reinitializes |
30b0da81 | 2187 | the face to the value specified in the defface expression. |
1791907b | 2188 | |
a775dff4 | 2189 | +++ |
7daddde2 | 2190 | **** Typing C-x C-e twice prints the value of the integer result |
30b0da81 RS |
2191 | in additional formats (octal, hexadecimal, character) specified |
2192 | by the new function `eval-expression-print-format'. The same | |
2193 | function also defines the result format for `eval-expression' (M-:), | |
2194 | `eval-print-last-sexp' (C-j) and some edebug evaluation functions. | |
1791907b | 2195 | |
a775dff4 | 2196 | +++ |
c44da964 | 2197 | ** CC mode changes. |
a31a30b5 | 2198 | |
7b18d88f AM |
2199 | *** The CC Mode manual has been extensively revised. |
2200 | The information about using CC Mode has been separated from the larger | |
2201 | and more difficult chapters about configuration. | |
2202 | ||
2203 | *** Changes in Key Sequences | |
2204 | **** c-toggle-auto-hungry-state is no longer bound to C-c C-t. | |
2205 | ||
2206 | **** c-toggle-hungry-state is no longer bound to C-c C-d. | |
2207 | This binding has been taken over by c-hungry-delete-forwards. | |
2208 | ||
2209 | **** c-toggle-auto-state (C-c C-t) has been renamed to c-toggle-auto-newline. | |
2210 | c-toggle-auto-state remains as an alias. | |
2211 | ||
2212 | **** The new commands c-hungry-backspace and c-hungry-delete-forwards | |
2213 | have key bindings C-c C-DEL (or C-c DEL, for the benefit of TTYs) and | |
2214 | C-c C-d (or C-c C-<delete> or C-c <delete>) respectively. These | |
2215 | commands delete entire blocks of whitespace with a single | |
2216 | key-sequence. [N.B. "DEL" is the <backspace> key.] | |
2217 | ||
2218 | **** The new command c-toggle-electric-mode is bound to C-c C-l. | |
2219 | ||
2220 | **** The new command c-subword-mode is bound to C-c C-w. | |
2221 | ||
2222 | *** C-c C-s (`c-show-syntactic-information') now highlights the anchor | |
2223 | position(s). | |
2224 | ||
2225 | *** New Minor Modes | |
2226 | **** Electric Minor Mode toggles the electric action of non-alphabetic keys. | |
2227 | The new command c-toggle-electric-mode is bound to C-c C-l. Turning the | |
2228 | mode off can be helpful for editing chaotically indented code and for | |
2229 | users new to CC Mode, who sometimes find electric indentation | |
2230 | disconcerting. Its current state is displayed in the mode line with an | |
2231 | 'l', e.g. "C/al". | |
2232 | ||
2233 | **** Subword Minor Mode makes Emacs recognize word boundaries at upper case | |
2234 | letters in StudlyCapsIdentifiers. You enable this feature by C-c C-w. It can | |
2235 | also be used in non-CC Mode buffers. :-) Contributed by Masatake YAMATO. | |
2236 | ||
2237 | *** New clean-ups | |
2238 | ||
2239 | **** `comment-close-slash'. | |
2240 | With this clean-up, a block (i.e. c-style) comment can be terminated by | |
2241 | typing a slash at the start of a line. | |
2242 | ||
2243 | **** `c-one-liner-defun' | |
2244 | This clean-up compresses a short enough defun (for example, an AWK | |
2245 | pattern/action pair) onto a single line. "Short enough" is configurable. | |
2246 | ||
30b0da81 RS |
2247 | *** Font lock support. |
2248 | CC Mode now provides font lock support for all its languages. This | |
2249 | supersedes the font lock patterns that have been in the core font lock | |
2250 | package for C, C++, Java and Objective-C. Like indentation, font | |
2251 | locking is done in a uniform way across all languages (except the new | |
2252 | AWK mode - see below). That means that the new font locking will be | |
2253 | different from the old patterns in various details for most languages. | |
836c086b | 2254 | |
30b0da81 RS |
2255 | The main goal of the font locking in CC Mode is accuracy, to provide a |
2256 | dependable aid in recognizing the various constructs. Some, like | |
2257 | strings and comments, are easy to recognize while others like | |
2258 | declarations and types can be very tricky. CC Mode can go to great | |
2259 | lengths to recognize declarations and casts correctly, especially when | |
2260 | the types aren't recognized by standard patterns. This is a fairly | |
2261 | demanding analysis which can be slow on older hardware, and it can | |
2262 | therefore be disabled by choosing a lower decoration level with the | |
2263 | variable font-lock-maximum-decoration. | |
90e87070 | 2264 | |
30b0da81 | 2265 | Note that the most demanding font lock level has been tuned with lazy |
7b18d88f AM |
2266 | fontification in mind; Just-In-Time-Lock mode should be enabled for |
2267 | the highest font lock level (by default, it is). Fontifying a file | |
2268 | with several thousand lines in one go can take the better part of a | |
2269 | minute. | |
26fb226b | 2270 | |
30b0da81 RS |
2271 | **** The (c|c++|objc|java|idl|pike)-font-lock-extra-types variables |
2272 | are now used by CC Mode to recognize identifiers that are certain to | |
2273 | be types. (They are also used in cases that aren't related to font | |
2274 | locking.) At the maximum decoration level, types are often recognized | |
2275 | properly anyway, so these variables should be fairly restrictive and | |
2276 | not contain patterns for uncertain types. | |
fd42af9d | 2277 | |
30b0da81 RS |
2278 | **** Support for documentation comments. |
2279 | There is a "plugin" system to fontify documentation comments like | |
2280 | Javadoc and the markup within them. It's independent of the host | |
2281 | language, so it's possible to e.g. turn on Javadoc font locking in C | |
2282 | buffers. See the variable c-doc-comment-style for details. | |
236f1c76 | 2283 | |
7b18d88f AM |
2284 | Currently three kinds of doc comment styles are recognized: Sun's |
2285 | Javadoc, Autodoc (which is used in Pike) and GtkDoc (used in C). (The | |
2286 | last was contributed by Masatake YAMATO). This is by no means a | |
2287 | complete list of the most common tools; if your doc comment extractor | |
2288 | of choice is missing then please drop a note to bug-cc-mode@gnu.org. | |
fd4f8b36 | 2289 | |
30b0da81 RS |
2290 | **** Better handling of C++ templates. |
2291 | As a side effect of the more accurate font locking, C++ templates are | |
2292 | now handled much better. The angle brackets that delimit them are | |
2293 | given parenthesis syntax so that they can be navigated like other | |
2294 | parens. | |
89f8199f | 2295 | |
30b0da81 RS |
2296 | This also improves indentation of templates, although there still is |
2297 | work to be done in that area. E.g. it's required that multiline | |
2298 | template clauses are written in full and then refontified to be | |
2299 | recognized, and the indentation of nested templates is a bit odd and | |
2300 | not as configurable as it ought to be. | |
1f600b1b | 2301 | |
30b0da81 RS |
2302 | **** Improved handling of Objective-C and CORBA IDL. |
2303 | Especially the support for Objective-C and IDL has gotten an overhaul. | |
2304 | The special "@" declarations in Objective-C are handled correctly. | |
2305 | All the keywords used in CORBA IDL, PSDL, and CIDL are recognized and | |
2306 | handled correctly, also wrt indentation. | |
a9c6d330 | 2307 | |
30b0da81 RS |
2308 | *** Support for the AWK language. |
2309 | Support for the AWK language has been introduced. The implementation is | |
2310 | based around GNU AWK version 3.1, but it should work pretty well with | |
2311 | any AWK. As yet, not all features of CC Mode have been adapted for AWK. | |
2312 | Here is a summary: | |
2d4ef682 | 2313 | |
30b0da81 RS |
2314 | **** Indentation Engine |
2315 | The CC Mode indentation engine fully supports AWK mode. | |
a4fc6fc9 | 2316 | |
30b0da81 RS |
2317 | AWK mode handles code formatted in the conventional AWK fashion: `{'s |
2318 | which start actions, user-defined functions, or compound statements are | |
2319 | placed on the same line as the associated construct; the matching `}'s | |
2320 | are normally placed under the start of the respective pattern, function | |
2321 | definition, or structured statement. | |
5e101746 | 2322 | |
7b18d88f AM |
2323 | The predefined line-up functions haven't yet been adapted for AWK |
2324 | mode, though some of them may work serendipitously. There shouldn't | |
2325 | be any problems writing custom indentation functions for AWK mode. | |
b54cfb55 | 2326 | |
30b0da81 RS |
2327 | **** Font Locking |
2328 | There is a single level of font locking in AWK mode, rather than the | |
2329 | three distinct levels the other modes have. There are several | |
2330 | idiosyncrasies in AWK mode's font-locking due to the peculiarities of | |
2331 | the AWK language itself. | |
7cc8f35a | 2332 | |
7b18d88f AM |
2333 | **** Comment and Movement Commands |
2334 | These commands all work for AWK buffers. The notion of "defun" has | |
2335 | been augmented to include AWK pattern-action pairs - the standard | |
2336 | "defun" commands on key sequences C-M-a, C-M-e, and C-M-h use this | |
2337 | extended definition. | |
e0c124ce | 2338 | |
7b18d88f AM |
2339 | **** "awk" style, Auto-newline Insertion and Clean-ups |
2340 | A new style, "awk" has been introduced, and this is now the default | |
2341 | style for AWK code. With auto-newline enabled, the clean-up | |
2342 | c-one-liner-defun (see above) is useful. | |
7cc8f35a | 2343 | |
30b0da81 RS |
2344 | *** New syntactic symbols in IDL mode. |
2345 | The top level constructs "module" and "composition" (from CIDL) are | |
2346 | now handled like "namespace" in C++: They are given syntactic symbols | |
2347 | module-open, module-close, inmodule, composition-open, | |
2348 | composition-close, and incomposition. | |
6625fc7d | 2349 | |
30b0da81 | 2350 | *** New functions to do hungry delete without enabling hungry delete mode. |
7b18d88f AM |
2351 | The new functions `c-hungry-backspace' and `c-hungry-delete-forward' |
2352 | provide hungry deletion without having to toggle a mode. They are | |
2353 | bound to C-c C-DEL and C-c C-d (and several variants, for the benefit | |
2354 | of different keyboard setups. See "Changes in key sequences" above). | |
6625fc7d | 2355 | |
7daddde2 | 2356 | *** Better control over `require-final-newline'. |
cb8d4d07 | 2357 | |
7daddde2 RS |
2358 | The variable `c-require-final-newline' specifies which of the modes |
2359 | implemented by CC mode should insert final newlines. Its value is a | |
2360 | list of modes, and only those modes should do it. By default the list | |
2361 | includes C, C++ and Objective-C modes. | |
2362 | ||
2363 | Whichever modes are in this list will set `require-final-newline' | |
2364 | based on `mode-require-final-newline'. | |
4e3dd7cf | 2365 | |
30b0da81 | 2366 | *** Format change for syntactic context elements. |
7daddde2 RS |
2367 | |
2368 | The elements in the syntactic context returned by `c-guess-basic-syntax' | |
2369 | and stored in `c-syntactic-context' has been changed somewhat to allow | |
30b0da81 RS |
2370 | attaching more information. They are now lists instead of single cons |
2371 | cells. E.g. a line that previously had the syntactic analysis | |
00b1ee61 | 2372 | |
30b0da81 | 2373 | ((inclass . 11) (topmost-intro . 13)) |
00b1ee61 | 2374 | |
2c7a8f63 | 2375 | is now analyzed as |
00b1ee61 | 2376 | |
30b0da81 | 2377 | ((inclass 11) (topmost-intro 13)) |
00b1ee61 | 2378 | |
30b0da81 RS |
2379 | In some cases there are more than one position given for a syntactic |
2380 | symbol. | |
00b1ee61 | 2381 | |
7b18d88f AM |
2382 | This change might affect code that calls `c-guess-basic-syntax' |
2383 | directly, and custom lineup functions if they use | |
2384 | `c-syntactic-context'. However, the argument given to lineup | |
2385 | functions is still a single cons cell with nil or an integer in the | |
2386 | cdr. | |
93607efd | 2387 | |
30b0da81 | 2388 | *** API changes for derived modes. |
7daddde2 | 2389 | |
30b0da81 RS |
2390 | There have been extensive changes "under the hood" which can affect |
2391 | derived mode writers. Some of these changes are likely to cause | |
2392 | incompatibilities with existing derived modes, but on the other hand | |
2393 | care has now been taken to make it possible to extend and modify CC | |
2394 | Mode with less risk of such problems in the future. | |
93607efd | 2395 | |
30b0da81 | 2396 | **** New language variable system. |
7b18d88f AM |
2397 | These are variables whose values vary between CC Mode's different |
2398 | languages. See the comment blurb near the top of cc-langs.el. | |
93607efd | 2399 | |
30b0da81 RS |
2400 | **** New initialization functions. |
2401 | The initialization procedure has been split up into more functions to | |
7daddde2 RS |
2402 | give better control: `c-basic-common-init', `c-font-lock-init', and |
2403 | `c-init-language-vars'. | |
93607efd | 2404 | |
30b0da81 RS |
2405 | *** Changes in analysis of nested syntactic constructs. |
2406 | The syntactic analysis engine has better handling of cases where | |
2407 | several syntactic constructs appear nested on the same line. They are | |
2408 | now handled as if each construct started on a line of its own. | |
93607efd | 2409 | |
30b0da81 RS |
2410 | This means that CC Mode now indents some cases differently, and |
2411 | although it's more consistent there might be cases where the old way | |
2412 | gave results that's more to one's liking. So if you find a situation | |
2413 | where you think that the indentation has become worse, please report | |
2414 | it to bug-cc-mode@gnu.org. | |
93607efd | 2415 | |
30b0da81 RS |
2416 | **** New syntactic symbol substatement-label. |
2417 | This symbol is used when a label is inserted between a statement and | |
2418 | its substatement. E.g: | |
2419 | ||
2420 | if (x) | |
2421 | x_is_true: | |
2422 | do_stuff(); | |
2423 | ||
2424 | *** Better handling of multiline macros. | |
2425 | ||
2426 | **** Syntactic indentation inside macros. | |
2427 | The contents of multiline #define's are now analyzed and indented | |
2428 | syntactically just like other code. This can be disabled by the new | |
7daddde2 RS |
2429 | variable `c-syntactic-indentation-in-macros'. A new syntactic symbol |
2430 | `cpp-define-intro' has been added to control the initial indentation | |
2431 | inside `#define's. | |
2432 | ||
2433 | **** New lineup function `c-lineup-cpp-define'. | |
30b0da81 | 2434 | |
30b0da81 RS |
2435 | Now used by default to line up macro continuation lines. The behavior |
2436 | of this function closely mimics the indentation one gets if the macro | |
2437 | is indented while the line continuation backslashes are temporarily | |
2438 | removed. If syntactic indentation in macros is turned off, it works | |
7daddde2 | 2439 | much line `c-lineup-dont-change', which was used earlier, but handles |
30b0da81 RS |
2440 | empty lines within the macro better. |
2441 | ||
2442 | **** Automatically inserted newlines continues the macro if used within one. | |
2443 | This applies to the newlines inserted by the auto-newline mode, and to | |
7daddde2 | 2444 | `c-context-line-break' and `c-context-open-line'. |
30b0da81 RS |
2445 | |
2446 | **** Better alignment of line continuation backslashes. | |
7daddde2 | 2447 | `c-backslash-region' tries to adapt to surrounding backslashes. New |
7b18d88f | 2448 | variable `c-backslash-max-column' puts a limit on how far out |
30b0da81 RS |
2449 | backslashes can be moved. |
2450 | ||
2451 | **** Automatic alignment of line continuation backslashes. | |
7daddde2 RS |
2452 | This is controlled by the new variable `c-auto-align-backslashes'. It |
2453 | affects `c-context-line-break', `c-context-open-line' and newlines | |
2454 | inserted in Auto-Newline mode. | |
7daddde2 | 2455 | |
7b18d88f | 2456 | **** Line indentation works better inside macros. |
30b0da81 RS |
2457 | Regardless whether syntactic indentation and syntactic indentation |
2458 | inside macros are enabled or not, line indentation now ignores the | |
2459 | line continuation backslashes. This is most noticeable when syntactic | |
2460 | indentation is turned off and there are empty lines (save for the | |
2461 | backslash) in the macro. | |
2462 | ||
2463 | *** indent-for-comment is more customizable. | |
2464 | The behavior of M-; (indent-for-comment) is now configurable through | |
7b18d88f AM |
2465 | the variable `c-indent-comment-alist'. The indentation behavior is |
2466 | based on the preceding code on the line, e.g. to get two spaces after | |
2467 | #else and #endif but indentation to `comment-column' in most other | |
2468 | cases (something which was hardcoded earlier). | |
30b0da81 | 2469 | |
7daddde2 RS |
2470 | *** New function `c-context-open-line'. |
2471 | It's the open-line equivalent of `c-context-line-break'. | |
30b0da81 RS |
2472 | |
2473 | *** New lineup functions | |
2474 | ||
7daddde2 | 2475 | **** `c-lineup-string-cont' |
30b0da81 RS |
2476 | This lineup function lines up a continued string under the one it |
2477 | continues. E.g: | |
2478 | ||
2479 | result = prefix + "A message " | |
2480 | "string."; <- c-lineup-string-cont | |
2481 | ||
7daddde2 | 2482 | **** `c-lineup-cascaded-calls' |
30b0da81 RS |
2483 | Lines up series of calls separated by "->" or ".". |
2484 | ||
7daddde2 | 2485 | **** `c-lineup-knr-region-comment' |
30b0da81 RS |
2486 | Gives (what most people think is) better indentation of comments in |
2487 | the "K&R region" between the function header and its body. | |
2488 | ||
7daddde2 RS |
2489 | **** `c-lineup-gcc-asm-reg' |
2490 | Provides better indentation inside asm blocks. | |
30b0da81 | 2491 | |
7daddde2 | 2492 | **** `c-lineup-argcont' |
30b0da81 | 2493 | Lines up continued function arguments after the preceding comma. |
30b0da81 RS |
2494 | |
2495 | *** Better caching of the syntactic context. | |
2496 | CC Mode caches the positions of the opening parentheses (of any kind) | |
2497 | of the lists surrounding the point. Those positions are used in many | |
2498 | places as anchor points for various searches. The cache is now | |
2499 | improved so that it can be reused to a large extent when the point is | |
2500 | moved. The less it moves, the less needs to be recalculated. | |
2501 | ||
2502 | The effect is that CC Mode should be fast most of the time even when | |
2503 | opening parens are hung (i.e. aren't in column zero). It's typically | |
2504 | only the first time after the point is moved far down in a complex | |
2505 | file that it'll take noticeable time to find out the syntactic | |
2506 | context. | |
2507 | ||
2508 | *** Statements are recognized in a more robust way. | |
2509 | Statements are recognized most of the time even when they occur in an | |
2510 | "invalid" context, e.g. in a function argument. In practice that can | |
2511 | happen when macros are involved. | |
2512 | ||
7daddde2 | 2513 | *** Improved the way `c-indent-exp' chooses the block to indent. |
30b0da81 RS |
2514 | It now indents the block for the closest sexp following the point |
2515 | whose closing paren ends on a different line. This means that the | |
2516 | point doesn't have to be immediately before the block to indent. | |
2517 | Also, only the block and the closing line is indented; the current | |
2518 | line is left untouched. | |
2519 | ||
2520 | *** Added toggle for syntactic indentation. | |
7daddde2 | 2521 | The function `c-toggle-syntactic-indentation' can be used to toggle |
30b0da81 RS |
2522 | syntactic indentation. |
2523 | ||
090475f3 SM |
2524 | ** In sh-script, a continuation line is only indented if the backslash was |
2525 | preceded by a SPC or a TAB. | |
290e4707 | 2526 | |
30b0da81 RS |
2527 | --- |
2528 | ** Perl mode has a new variable `perl-indent-continued-arguments'. | |
2529 | ||
da9356b0 RS |
2530 | --- |
2531 | ** The old Octave mode bindings C-c f and C-c i have been changed | |
2532 | to C-c C-f and C-c C-i. The C-c C-i subcommands now have duplicate | |
2533 | bindings on control characters--thus, C-c C-i C-b is the same as | |
2534 | C-c C-i b, and so on. | |
2535 | ||
406c0f12 RS |
2536 | ** Fortran mode changes: |
2537 | ||
30b0da81 | 2538 | --- |
406c0f12 | 2539 | *** Fortran mode does more font-locking by default. Use level 3 |
30b0da81 | 2540 | highlighting for the old default. |
93607efd | 2541 | |
e42d6474 | 2542 | +++ |
406c0f12 | 2543 | *** Fortran mode has a new variable `fortran-directive-re'. |
30b0da81 RS |
2544 | Adapt this to match the format of any compiler directives you use. |
2545 | Lines that match are never indented, and are given distinctive font-locking. | |
e42d6474 | 2546 | |
2b6bb1f2 | 2547 | +++ |
406c0f12 | 2548 | *** F90 mode and Fortran mode have new navigation commands |
30b0da81 RS |
2549 | `f90-end-of-block', `f90-beginning-of-block', `f90-next-block', |
2550 | `f90-previous-block', `fortran-end-of-block', | |
2551 | `fortran-beginning-of-block'. | |
2552 | ||
2553 | --- | |
7daddde2 | 2554 | *** F90 mode and Fortran mode have support for `hs-minor-mode' (hideshow). |
30b0da81 RS |
2555 | It cannot deal with every code format, but ought to handle a sizeable |
2556 | majority. | |
2557 | ||
2558 | --- | |
406c0f12 | 2559 | *** The new function `f90-backslash-not-special' can be used to change |
30b0da81 RS |
2560 | the syntax of backslashes in F90 buffers. |
2561 | ||
2562 | --- | |
1918f5d5 | 2563 | ** Reftex mode changes |
f7735be5 | 2564 | |
b878c6c0 CD |
2565 | +++ |
2566 | *** Changes to RefTeX's table of contents | |
1918f5d5 CD |
2567 | |
2568 | The new command keys "<" and ">" in the TOC buffer promote/demote the | |
2569 | section at point or all sections in the current region, with full | |
2570 | support for multifile documents. | |
2571 | ||
2572 | The new command `reftex-toc-recenter' (`C-c -') shows the current | |
2573 | section in the TOC buffer without selecting the TOC window. | |
2574 | Recentering can happen automatically in idle time when the option | |
2575 | `reftex-auto-recenter-toc' is turned on. The highlight in the TOC | |
2576 | buffer stays when the focus moves to a different window. A dedicated | |
2577 | frame can show the TOC with the current section always automatically | |
2578 | highlighted. The frame is created and deleted from the toc buffer | |
2579 | with the `d' key. | |
2580 | ||
1918f5d5 CD |
2581 | The toc window can be split off horizontally instead of vertically. |
2582 | See new option `reftex-toc-split-windows-horizontally'. | |
2583 | ||
b878c6c0 CD |
2584 | Labels can be renamed globally from the table of contents using the |
2585 | key `M-%'. | |
2586 | ||
2587 | The new command `reftex-goto-label' jumps directly to a label | |
2588 | location. | |
2589 | ||
2590 | +++ | |
2591 | *** Changes related to citations and BibTeX database files | |
1918f5d5 | 2592 | |
b878c6c0 | 2593 | Commands that insert a citation now prompt for optional arguments when |
1918f5d5 CD |
2594 | called with a prefix argument. Related new options are |
2595 | `reftex-cite-prompt-optional-args' and `reftex-cite-cleanup-optional-args'. | |
2596 | ||
2597 | The new command `reftex-create-bibtex-file' creates a BibTeX database | |
2598 | with all entries referenced in the current document. The keys "e" and | |
2599 | "E" allow to produce a BibTeX database file from entries marked in a | |
b878c6c0 | 2600 | citation selection buffer. |
1918f5d5 | 2601 | |
b878c6c0 CD |
2602 | The command `reftex-citation' uses the word in the buffer before the |
2603 | cursor as a default search string. | |
1918f5d5 CD |
2604 | |
2605 | The support for chapterbib has been improved. Different chapters can | |
2606 | now use BibTeX or an explicit `thebibliography' environment. | |
2607 | ||
2608 | The macros which specify the bibliography file (like \bibliography) | |
2609 | can be configured with the new option `reftex-bibliography-commands'. | |
2610 | ||
2611 | Support for jurabib has been added. | |
2612 | ||
b878c6c0 CD |
2613 | +++ |
2614 | *** Global index matched may be verified with a user function | |
1918f5d5 CD |
2615 | |
2616 | During global indexing, a user function can verify an index match. | |
2617 | See new option `reftex-index-verify-function'. | |
2618 | ||
b878c6c0 CD |
2619 | +++ |
2620 | *** Parsing documents with many labels can be sped up. | |
1918f5d5 CD |
2621 | |
2622 | Operating in a document with thousands of labels can be sped up | |
b878c6c0 | 2623 | considerably by allowing RefTeX to derive the type of a label directly |
1918f5d5 CD |
2624 | from the label prefix like `eq:' or `fig:'. The option |
2625 | `reftex-trust-label-prefix' needs to be configured in order to enable | |
2626 | this feature. While the speed-up is significant, this may reduce the | |
2627 | quality of the context offered by RefTeX to describe a label. | |
2628 | ||
b878c6c0 CD |
2629 | +++ |
2630 | *** Miscellaneous changes | |
2631 | ||
2632 | The macros which input a file in LaTeX (like \input, \include) can be | |
2633 | configured in the new option `reftex-include-file-commands'. | |
2634 | ||
2635 | RefTeX supports global incremental search. | |
2636 | ||
1918f5d5 | 2637 | +++ |
30b0da81 RS |
2638 | ** Prolog mode has a new variable `prolog-font-lock-keywords' |
2639 | to support use of font-lock. | |
2640 | ||
406c0f12 RS |
2641 | ** HTML/SGML changes: |
2642 | ||
30b0da81 | 2643 | --- |
406c0f12 | 2644 | *** Emacs now tries to set up buffer coding systems for HTML/XML files |
30b0da81 | 2645 | automatically. |
a207b33c | 2646 | |
e42d6474 | 2647 | +++ |
406c0f12 | 2648 | *** SGML mode has indentation and supports XML syntax. |
30b0da81 RS |
2649 | The new variable `sgml-xml-mode' tells SGML mode to use XML syntax. |
2650 | When this option is enabled, SGML tags are inserted in XML style, | |
2651 | i.e., there is always a closing tag. | |
2652 | By default, its setting is inferred on a buffer-by-buffer basis | |
2653 | from the file name or buffer contents. | |
2654 | ||
e22fdc36 RW |
2655 | *** The variable `sgml-transformation' has been renamed to |
2656 | `sgml-transformation-function'. The old name is still available as | |
2657 | alias. | |
2658 | ||
30b0da81 | 2659 | +++ |
406c0f12 | 2660 | *** `xml-mode' is now an alias for `sgml-mode', which has XML support. |
30b0da81 RS |
2661 | |
2662 | ** TeX modes: | |
2663 | ||
2664 | +++ | |
2665 | *** C-c C-c prompts for a command to run, and tries to offer a good default. | |
2666 | ||
2667 | +++ | |
2668 | *** The user option `tex-start-options-string' has been replaced | |
2669 | by two new user options: `tex-start-options', which should hold | |
2670 | command-line options to feed to TeX, and `tex-start-commands' which should hold | |
2671 | TeX commands to use at startup. | |
2672 | ||
2673 | --- | |
2674 | *** verbatim environments are now highlighted in courier by font-lock | |
2675 | and super/sub-scripts are made into super/sub-scripts. | |
2676 | ||
2677 | +++ | |
7daddde2 | 2678 | *** New major mode Doctex mode, for *.dtx files. |
30b0da81 RS |
2679 | |
2680 | ** BibTeX mode: | |
7daddde2 RS |
2681 | |
2682 | *** The new command `bibtex-url' browses a URL for the BibTeX entry at | |
30b0da81 RS |
2683 | point (bound to C-c C-l and mouse-2, RET on clickable fields). |
2684 | ||
7daddde2 | 2685 | *** The new command `bibtex-entry-update' (bound to C-c C-u) updates |
f7735be5 EZ |
2686 | an existing BibTeX entry by inserting fields that may occur but are not |
2687 | present. | |
30b0da81 RS |
2688 | |
2689 | *** New `bibtex-entry-format' option `required-fields', enabled by default. | |
2690 | ||
7daddde2 | 2691 | *** `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' can take values `plain', |
30b0da81 RS |
2692 | `crossref', and `entry-class' which control the sorting scheme used |
2693 | for BibTeX entries. `bibtex-sort-entry-class' controls the sorting | |
2694 | scheme `entry-class'. TAB completion for reference keys and | |
2695 | automatic detection of duplicates does not require anymore that | |
7daddde2 | 2696 | `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' is non-nil. |
e42d6474 | 2697 | |
7daddde2 | 2698 | *** If the new variable `bibtex-parse-keys-fast' is non-nil, |
30b0da81 | 2699 | use fast but simplified algorithm for parsing BibTeX keys. |
59035302 | 2700 | |
7daddde2 | 2701 | *** If the new variable `bibtex-autoadd-commas' is non-nil, |
30b0da81 | 2702 | automatically add missing commas at end of BibTeX fields. |
59035302 | 2703 | |
7daddde2 | 2704 | *** The new variable `bibtex-autofill-types' contains a list of entry |
30b0da81 | 2705 | types for which fields are filled automatically (if possible). |
2a075e37 | 2706 | |
7daddde2 | 2707 | *** The new command `bibtex-complete' completes word fragment before |
30b0da81 | 2708 | point according to context (bound to M-tab). |
2a075e37 | 2709 | |
7daddde2 | 2710 | *** The new commands `bibtex-find-entry' and `bibtex-find-crossref' |
30b0da81 RS |
2711 | locate entries and crossref'd entries (bound to C-c C-s and C-c C-x). |
2712 | Crossref fields are clickable (bound to mouse-2, RET). | |
d9f7eb77 | 2713 | |
7daddde2 | 2714 | *** In BibTeX mode the command `fill-paragraph' (M-q) fills |
30b0da81 | 2715 | individual fields of a BibTeX entry. |
b54cfb55 | 2716 | |
7daddde2 | 2717 | *** The new variables `bibtex-files' and `bibtex-file-path' define a set |
30b0da81 | 2718 | of BibTeX files that are searched for entry keys. |
4e3dd7cf | 2719 | |
7daddde2 | 2720 | *** The new command `bibtex-validate-globally' checks for duplicate keys |
30b0da81 | 2721 | in multiple BibTeX files. |
4e3dd7cf | 2722 | |
7daddde2 | 2723 | *** The new command `bibtex-copy-summary-as-kill' pushes summary |
30b0da81 | 2724 | of BibTeX entry to kill ring (bound to C-c C-t). |
c721078e | 2725 | |
cdc61d35 SM |
2726 | *** The new variables bibtex-expand-strings and |
2727 | bibtex-autokey-expand-strings control the expansion of strings when | |
2728 | extracting the content of a BibTeX field. | |
2729 | ||
77e98f4c RW |
2730 | *** The variables `bibtex-autokey-name-case-convert' and |
2731 | `bibtex-autokey-titleword-case-convert' have been renamed to | |
2732 | `bibtex-autokey-name-case-convert-function' and | |
2733 | `bibtex-autokey-titleword-case-convert-function'. The old names are | |
2734 | still available as aliases. | |
2735 | ||
e22fdc36 RW |
2736 | ** In Artist mode the variable `artist-text-renderer' has been |
2737 | renamed to `artist-text-renderer-function'. The old name is still | |
2738 | available as alias. | |
2739 | ||
30b0da81 RS |
2740 | +++ |
2741 | ** In Enriched mode, `set-left-margin' and `set-right-margin' are now | |
2742 | by default bound to `C-c [' and `C-c ]' instead of the former `C-c C-l' | |
2743 | and `C-c C-r'. | |
63db1bb3 | 2744 | |
406c0f12 RS |
2745 | ** GUD changes: |
2746 | ||
2b6bb1f2 | 2747 | +++ |
406c0f12 | 2748 | *** In GUD mode, when talking to GDB, C-x C-a C-j "jumps" the program |
4febb0e7 RS |
2749 | counter to the specified source line (the one where point is). |
2750 | ||
30b0da81 | 2751 | --- |
406c0f12 | 2752 | *** GUD mode has its own tool bar for controlling execution of the inferior |
30b0da81 RS |
2753 | and other common debugger commands. |
2754 | ||
da9356b0 RS |
2755 | +++ |
2756 | *** The new package gdb-ui.el provides an enhanced graphical interface to | |
b65dd340 | 2757 | GDB. You can interact with GDB through the GUD buffer in the usual way, but |
da9356b0 | 2758 | there are also further buffers which control the execution and describe the |
e6467bba | 2759 | state of your program. It can separate the input/output of your program from |
da9356b0 | 2760 | that of GDB and watches expressions in the speedbar. It also uses features of |
1bef8597 | 2761 | Emacs 21/22 such as the toolbar, and bitmaps in the fringe to indicate |
e6467bba | 2762 | breakpoints. |
da9356b0 | 2763 | |
b65dd340 NR |
2764 | To use this package just type M-x gdb. See the Emacs manual if you want the |
2765 | old behaviour. | |
da9356b0 | 2766 | |
639ec765 | 2767 | *** The variable tooltip-gud-tips-p has been removed. GUD tooltips can now be |
9432a9de NR |
2768 | toggled independently of normal tooltips with the minor mode |
2769 | `gud-tooltip-mode'. | |
da9356b0 RS |
2770 | |
2771 | +++ | |
2772 | *** In graphical mode, with a C program, GUD Tooltips have been extended to | |
2773 | display the #define directive associated with an identifier when program is | |
2774 | not executing. | |
2775 | ||
2b6bb1f2 | 2776 | --- |
ca64d378 | 2777 | ** GUD mode improvements for jdb: |
a1e3dda0 | 2778 | |
f7735be5 EZ |
2779 | *** Search for source files using jdb classpath and class information. |
2780 | Fast startup since there is no need to scan all source files up front. | |
2781 | There is also no need to create and maintain lists of source | |
2782 | directories to scan. Look at `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and | |
2783 | `gud-jdb-classpath' customization variables documentation. | |
a1e3dda0 RS |
2784 | |
2785 | *** Supports the standard breakpoint (gud-break, gud-clear) | |
f7735be5 EZ |
2786 | set/clear operations from Java source files under the classpath, stack |
2787 | traversal (gud-up, gud-down), and run until current stack finish | |
2788 | (gud-finish). | |
a1e3dda0 RS |
2789 | |
2790 | *** Supports new jdb (Java 1.2 and later) in addition to oldjdb | |
f7735be5 | 2791 | (Java 1.1 jdb). |
a1e3dda0 RS |
2792 | |
2793 | *** The previous method of searching for source files has been | |
f7735be5 EZ |
2794 | preserved in case someone still wants/needs to use it. |
2795 | Set `gud-jdb-use-classpath' to nil. | |
a1e3dda0 | 2796 | |
f7735be5 | 2797 | *** Added Customization Variables |
a1e3dda0 | 2798 | |
f7735be5 | 2799 | **** `gud-jdb-command-name'. What command line to use to invoke jdb. |
a1e3dda0 | 2800 | |
f7735be5 EZ |
2801 | **** `gud-jdb-use-classpath'. Allows selection of java source file searching |
2802 | method: set to t for new method, nil to scan `gud-jdb-directories' for | |
2803 | java sources (previous method). | |
a1e3dda0 | 2804 | |
f7735be5 EZ |
2805 | **** `gud-jdb-directories'. List of directories to scan and search for Java |
2806 | classes using the original gud-jdb method (if `gud-jdb-use-classpath' | |
2807 | is nil). | |
a1e3dda0 | 2808 | |
f7735be5 | 2809 | *** Minor Improvements |
a1e3dda0 | 2810 | |
f7735be5 | 2811 | **** The STARTTLS wrapper (starttls.el) can now use GNUTLS |
7daddde2 RS |
2812 | instead of the OpenSSL based `starttls' tool. For backwards |
2813 | compatibility, it prefers `starttls', but you can toggle | |
9e94e254 | 2814 | `starttls-use-gnutls' to switch to GNUTLS (or simply remove the |
7daddde2 | 2815 | `starttls' tool). |
9e94e254 | 2816 | |
f7735be5 | 2817 | **** Do not allow debugger output history variable to grow without bounds. |
a1e3dda0 | 2818 | |
406c0f12 RS |
2819 | ** Auto-Revert changes: |
2820 | ||
1c6576ab | 2821 | +++ |
406c0f12 | 2822 | *** You can now use Auto Revert mode to `tail' a file. |
7daddde2 | 2823 | |
30b0da81 RS |
2824 | If point is at the end of a file buffer before reverting, Auto Revert |
2825 | mode keeps it at the end after reverting. Similarly if point is | |
2826 | displayed at the end of a file buffer in any window, it stays at | |
2827 | the end of the buffer in that window. This allows to tail a file: | |
2828 | just put point at the end of the buffer and it stays there. This | |
da9356b0 | 2829 | rule applies to file buffers. For non-file buffers, the behavior can |
30b0da81 | 2830 | be mode dependent. |
16927a56 | 2831 | |
30b0da81 RS |
2832 | If you are sure that the file will only change by growing at the end, |
2833 | then you can tail the file more efficiently by using the new minor | |
2834 | mode Auto Revert Tail mode. The function `auto-revert-tail-mode' | |
2835 | toggles this mode. | |
3aa2f38a | 2836 | |
1c6576ab | 2837 | +++ |
406c0f12 | 2838 | *** Auto Revert mode is now more careful to avoid excessive reverts and |
30b0da81 RS |
2839 | other potential problems when deciding which non-file buffers to |
2840 | revert. This matters especially if Global Auto Revert mode is enabled | |
2841 | and `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil. Auto Revert | |
2842 | mode only reverts a non-file buffer if the buffer has a non-nil | |
2843 | `revert-buffer-function' and a non-nil `buffer-stale-function', which | |
2844 | decides whether the buffer should be reverted. Currently, this means | |
2845 | that auto reverting works for Dired buffers (although this may not | |
2846 | work properly on all operating systems) and for the Buffer Menu. | |
6c0b2643 | 2847 | |
a775dff4 | 2848 | +++ |
406c0f12 | 2849 | *** If the new user option `auto-revert-check-vc-info' is non-nil, Auto |
30b0da81 RS |
2850 | Revert mode reliably updates version control info (such as the version |
2851 | control number in the mode line), in all version controlled buffers in | |
2852 | which it is active. If the option is nil, the default, then this info | |
2853 | only gets updated whenever the buffer gets reverted. | |
c60ee5e7 | 2854 | |
1c6576ab | 2855 | --- |
30b0da81 | 2856 | ** recentf changes. |
33d0b73f | 2857 | |
f7735be5 | 2858 | The recent file list is now automatically cleaned up when recentf mode is |
30b0da81 RS |
2859 | enabled. The new option `recentf-auto-cleanup' controls when to do |
2860 | automatic cleanup. | |
554b59cd | 2861 | |
6d0bcf3c DP |
2862 | The ten most recent files can be quickly opened by using the shortcut |
2863 | keys 1 to 9, and 0, when the recent list is displayed in a buffer via | |
2864 | the `recentf-open-files', or `recentf-open-more-files' commands. | |
2865 | ||
30b0da81 RS |
2866 | The `recentf-keep' option replaces `recentf-keep-non-readable-files-p' |
2867 | and provides a more general mechanism to customize which file names to | |
2868 | keep in the recent list. | |
f43ae016 | 2869 | |
6d0bcf3c DP |
2870 | With the more advanced option `recentf-filename-handlers', you can |
2871 | specify functions that successively transform recent file names. For | |
2872 | example, if set to `file-truename' plus `abbreviate-file-name', the | |
2873 | same file will not be in the recent list with different symbolic | |
2874 | links, and the file name will be abbreviated. | |
97f3be50 | 2875 | |
30b0da81 RS |
2876 | To follow naming convention, `recentf-menu-append-commands-flag' |
2877 | replaces the misnamed option `recentf-menu-append-commands-p'. The | |
2878 | old name remains available as alias, but has been marked obsolete. | |
b9e6b498 | 2879 | |
0fbe422d | 2880 | +++ |
30b0da81 | 2881 | ** Desktop package |
0fbe422d | 2882 | |
a775dff4 | 2883 | +++ |
7daddde2 RS |
2884 | *** Desktop saving is now a minor mode, `desktop-save-mode'. |
2885 | ||
a6b017c9 | 2886 | +++ |
7daddde2 RS |
2887 | *** The variable `desktop-enable' is obsolete. |
2888 | ||
2889 | Customize `desktop-save-mode' to enable desktop saving. | |
d71d20ea | 2890 | |
30b0da81 RS |
2891 | --- |
2892 | *** Buffers are saved in the desktop file in the same order as that in the | |
2893 | buffer list. | |
3f270c8a | 2894 | |
85df292e | 2895 | +++ |
7daddde2 RS |
2896 | *** The desktop package can be customized to restore only some buffers |
2897 | immediately, remaining buffers are restored lazily (when Emacs is | |
2898 | idle). | |
fc08c987 | 2899 | |
30b0da81 RS |
2900 | +++ |
2901 | *** New commands: | |
2902 | - desktop-revert reverts to the last loaded desktop. | |
2903 | - desktop-change-dir kills current desktop and loads a new. | |
2904 | - desktop-save-in-desktop-dir saves desktop in the directory from which | |
2905 | it was loaded. | |
2906 | - desktop-lazy-complete runs the desktop load to completion. | |
2907 | - desktop-lazy-abort aborts lazy loading of the desktop. | |
fc08c987 | 2908 | |
30b0da81 RS |
2909 | --- |
2910 | *** New customizable variables: | |
679ce4d5 | 2911 | - desktop-save. Determines whether the desktop should be saved when it is |
30b0da81 RS |
2912 | killed. |
2913 | - desktop-file-name-format. Format in which desktop file names should be saved. | |
2914 | - desktop-path. List of directories in which to lookup the desktop file. | |
2915 | - desktop-locals-to-save. List of local variables to save. | |
2916 | - desktop-globals-to-clear. List of global variables that `desktop-clear' will clear. | |
2917 | - desktop-clear-preserve-buffers-regexp. Regexp identifying buffers that `desktop-clear' | |
2918 | should not delete. | |
2919 | - desktop-restore-eager. Number of buffers to restore immediately. Remaining buffers are | |
2920 | restored lazily (when Emacs is idle). | |
2921 | - desktop-lazy-verbose. Verbose reporting of lazily created buffers. | |
2922 | - desktop-lazy-idle-delay. Idle delay before starting to create buffers. | |
fc08c987 | 2923 | |
1c6576ab | 2924 | +++ |
30b0da81 | 2925 | *** New command line option --no-desktop |
3f270c8a | 2926 | |
30b0da81 RS |
2927 | --- |
2928 | *** New hooks: | |
2929 | - desktop-after-read-hook run after a desktop is loaded. | |
2930 | - desktop-no-desktop-file-hook run when no desktop file is found. | |
2931 | ||
2932 | --- | |
2933 | ** The saveplace.el package now filters out unreadable files. | |
a5768150 | 2934 | |
30b0da81 RS |
2935 | When you exit Emacs, the saved positions in visited files no longer |
2936 | include files that aren't readable, e.g. files that don't exist. | |
2937 | Customize the new option `save-place-forget-unreadable-files' to nil | |
2938 | to get the old behavior. The new options `save-place-save-skipped' | |
2939 | and `save-place-skip-check-regexp' allow further fine-tuning of this | |
2940 | feature. | |
c64a682c | 2941 | |
eb766f96 MK |
2942 | ** EDiff changes. |
2943 | ||
16757dcf | 2944 | +++ |
eb766f96 MK |
2945 | *** When comparing directories. |
2946 | Typing D brings up a buffer that lists the differences between the contents of | |
2947 | directories. Now it is possible to use this buffer to copy the missing files | |
2948 | from one directory to another. | |
2949 | ||
16757dcf | 2950 | +++ |
eb766f96 MK |
2951 | *** When comparing files or buffers. |
2952 | Typing the = key now offers to perform the word-by-word comparison of the | |
2953 | currently highlighted regions in an inferior Ediff session. If you answer 'n' | |
2954 | then it reverts to the old behavior and asks the user to select regions for | |
2955 | comparison. | |
2956 | ||
a6b017c9 | 2957 | +++ |
5d9c22fd | 2958 | *** The new command `ediff-backup' compares a file with its most recent |
813f3d41 RS |
2959 | backup using `ediff'. If you specify the name of a backup file, |
2960 | `ediff-backup' compares it with the file of which it is a backup. | |
2961 | ||
ca8f3642 | 2962 | +++ |
e94a3679 FP |
2963 | ** Etags changes. |
2964 | ||
73639417 FP |
2965 | *** New regular expressions features |
2966 | ||
2967 | **** New syntax for regular expressions, multi-line regular expressions. | |
a5768150 | 2968 | |
df3eebcb FP |
2969 | The syntax --ignore-case-regexp=/regex/ is now undocumented and retained |
2970 | only for backward compatibility. The new equivalent syntax is | |
2971 | --regex=/regex/i. More generally, it is --regex=/TAGREGEX/TAGNAME/MODS, | |
2972 | where `/TAGNAME' is optional, as usual, and MODS is a string of 0 or | |
2973 | more characters among `i' (ignore case), `m' (multi-line) and `s' | |
6861f0e3 FP |
2974 | (single-line). The `m' and `s' modifiers behave as in Perl regular |
2975 | expressions: `m' allows regexps to match more than one line, while `s' | |
2976 | (which implies `m') means that `.' matches newlines. The ability to | |
2977 | span newlines allows writing of much more powerful regular expressions | |
2978 | and rapid prototyping for tagging new languages. | |
2979 | ||
a5768150 RS |
2980 | **** Regular expressions can use char escape sequences as in GCC. |
2981 | ||
6861f0e3 FP |
2982 | The escaped character sequence \a, \b, \d, \e, \f, \n, \r, \t, \v, |
2983 | respectively, stand for the ASCII characters BEL, BS, DEL, ESC, FF, NL, | |
f7735be5 | 2984 | CR, TAB, VT. |
6861f0e3 | 2985 | |
2c37653c | 2986 | **** Regular expressions can be bound to a given language. |
a5768150 | 2987 | |
df3eebcb FP |
2988 | The syntax --regex={LANGUAGE}REGEX means that REGEX is used to make tags |
2989 | only for files of language LANGUAGE, and ignored otherwise. This is | |
2990 | particularly useful when storing regexps in a file. | |
2991 | ||
2c37653c | 2992 | **** Regular expressions can be read from a file. |
a5768150 | 2993 | |
df3eebcb FP |
2994 | The --regex=@regexfile option means read the regexps from a file, one |
2995 | per line. Lines beginning with space or tab are ignored. | |
2996 | ||
73639417 FP |
2997 | *** New language parsing features |
2998 | ||
d9256ccb | 2999 | **** The `::' qualifier triggers C++ parsing in C file. |
a5768150 | 3000 | |
d9256ccb FP |
3001 | Previously, only the `template' and `class' keywords had this effect. |
3002 | ||
2c7a8f63 | 3003 | **** The GCC __attribute__ keyword is now recognized and ignored. |
5dc59f2e | 3004 | |
dfcb9727 | 3005 | **** New language HTML. |
a5768150 RS |
3006 | |
3007 | Tags are generated for `title' as well as `h1', `h2', and `h3'. Also, | |
3008 | when `name=' is used inside an anchor and whenever `id=' is used. | |
dfcb9727 FP |
3009 | |
3010 | **** In Makefiles, constants are tagged. | |
a5768150 | 3011 | |
dfcb9727 FP |
3012 | If you want the old behavior instead, thus avoiding to increase the |
3013 | size of the tags file, use the --no-globals option. | |
3014 | ||
5dc59f2e | 3015 | **** New language Lua. |
a5768150 | 3016 | |
5dc59f2e | 3017 | All functions are tagged. |
dfcb9727 | 3018 | |
73639417 | 3019 | **** In Perl, packages are tags. |
a5768150 | 3020 | |
81d66c62 FP |
3021 | Subroutine tags are named from their package. You can jump to sub tags |
3022 | as you did before, by the sub name, or additionally by looking for | |
3023 | package::sub. | |
3024 | ||
dfcb9727 FP |
3025 | **** In Prolog, etags creates tags for rules in addition to predicates. |
3026 | ||
2c37653c | 3027 | **** New language PHP. |
a5768150 RS |
3028 | |
3029 | Functions, classes and defines are tags. If the --members option is | |
3030 | specified to etags, variables are tags also. | |
f175bfff | 3031 | |
73639417 | 3032 | **** New default keywords for TeX. |
a5768150 | 3033 | |
a0bbc0c5 FP |
3034 | The new keywords are def, newcommand, renewcommand, newenvironment and |
3035 | renewenvironment. | |
3036 | ||
679ce4d5 | 3037 | *** Honor #line directives. |
a5768150 | 3038 | |
81d66c62 FP |
3039 | When Etags parses an input file that contains C preprocessor's #line |
3040 | directives, it creates tags using the file name and line number | |
3041 | specified in those directives. This is useful when dealing with code | |
3042 | created from Cweb source files. When Etags tags the generated file, it | |
3043 | writes tags pointing to the source file. | |
bf8dd4e3 | 3044 | |
2c37653c | 3045 | *** New option --parse-stdin=FILE. |
a5768150 | 3046 | |
a0bbc0c5 | 3047 | This option is mostly useful when calling etags from programs. It can |
5cc4f104 | 3048 | be used (only once) in place of a file name on the command line. Etags |
dfcb9727 | 3049 | reads from standard input and marks the produced tags as belonging to |
a0bbc0c5 | 3050 | the file FILE. |
06ee6fcd | 3051 | |
30b0da81 | 3052 | ** VC Changes |
b5a67081 | 3053 | |
30b0da81 | 3054 | +++ |
a5768150 RS |
3055 | *** The key C-x C-q only changes the read-only state of the buffer |
3056 | (toggle-read-only). It no longer checks files in or out. | |
3057 | ||
3058 | We made this change because we held a poll and found that many users | |
3059 | were unhappy with the previous behavior. If you do prefer this | |
3060 | behavior, you can bind `vc-toggle-read-only' to C-x C-q in your | |
3061 | `.emacs' file: | |
b5a67081 | 3062 | |
30b0da81 | 3063 | (global-set-key "\C-x\C-q" 'vc-toggle-read-only) |
b5a67081 | 3064 | |
30b0da81 | 3065 | The function `vc-toggle-read-only' will continue to exist. |
b5a67081 | 3066 | |
30b0da81 | 3067 | +++ |
a5768150 RS |
3068 | *** The new variable `vc-cvs-global-switches' specifies switches that |
3069 | are passed to any CVS command invoked by VC. | |
3070 | ||
3071 | These switches are used as "global options" for CVS, which means they | |
3072 | are inserted before the command name. For example, this allows you to | |
3073 | specify a compression level using the `-z#' option for CVS. | |
b5a67081 | 3074 | |
30b0da81 RS |
3075 | +++ |
3076 | *** New backends for Subversion and Meta-CVS. | |
b5a67081 | 3077 | |
30b0da81 | 3078 | +++ |
a5768150 | 3079 | *** VC-Annotate mode enhancements |
b5a67081 | 3080 | |
a5768150 | 3081 | In VC-Annotate mode, you can now use the following key bindings for |
30b0da81 RS |
3082 | enhanced functionality to browse the annotations of past revisions, or |
3083 | to view diffs or log entries directly from vc-annotate-mode: | |
b5a67081 | 3084 | |
30b0da81 RS |
3085 | P: annotates the previous revision |
3086 | N: annotates the next revision | |
3087 | J: annotates the revision at line | |
3088 | A: annotates the revision previous to line | |
3089 | D: shows the diff of the revision at line with its previous revision | |
3090 | L: shows the log of the revision at line | |
3091 | W: annotates the workfile (most up to date) version | |
b5a67081 | 3092 | |
406c0f12 RS |
3093 | ** pcl-cvs changes: |
3094 | ||
30b0da81 | 3095 | +++ |
406c0f12 | 3096 | *** In pcl-cvs mode, there is a new `d y' command to view the diffs |
30b0da81 RS |
3097 | between the local version of the file and yesterday's head revision |
3098 | in the repository. | |
b5a67081 | 3099 | |
30b0da81 | 3100 | +++ |
406c0f12 | 3101 | *** In pcl-cvs mode, there is a new `d r' command to view the changes |
30b0da81 | 3102 | anyone has committed to the repository since you last executed |
a5768150 | 3103 | `checkout', `update' or `commit'. That means using cvs diff options |
30b0da81 | 3104 | -rBASE -rHEAD. |
b5a67081 | 3105 | |
c44da964 | 3106 | +++ |
a5768150 RS |
3107 | ** The new variable `mail-default-directory' specifies |
3108 | `default-directory' for mail buffers. This directory is used for | |
3109 | auto-save files of mail buffers. It defaults to "~/". | |
c44da964 RS |
3110 | |
3111 | +++ | |
a5768150 RS |
3112 | ** The mode line can indicate new mail in a directory or file. |
3113 | ||
3114 | See the documentation of the user option | |
c44da964 RS |
3115 | `display-time-mail-directory'. |
3116 | ||
da9356b0 RS |
3117 | ** Rmail changes: |
3118 | ||
3119 | --- | |
3120 | *** Rmail now displays 5-digit message ids in its summary buffer. | |
3121 | ||
c9ed8176 EZ |
3122 | *** The new commands rmail-end-of-message and rmail-summary end-of-message, |
3123 | by default bound to `/', go to the end of the current mail message in | |
3124 | Rmail and Rmail summary buffers. | |
3125 | ||
da9356b0 RS |
3126 | +++ |
3127 | *** Support for `movemail' from GNU mailutils was added to Rmail. | |
a5768150 | 3128 | |
da9356b0 RS |
3129 | This version of `movemail' allows to read mail from a wide range of |
3130 | mailbox formats, including remote POP3 and IMAP4 mailboxes with or | |
3131 | without TLS encryption. If GNU mailutils is installed on the system | |
3132 | and its version of `movemail' can be found in exec-path, it will be | |
3133 | used instead of the native one. | |
3134 | ||
30b0da81 | 3135 | ** Gnus package |
b5a67081 | 3136 | |
30b0da81 RS |
3137 | --- |
3138 | *** Gnus now includes Sieve and PGG | |
a5768150 | 3139 | |
30b0da81 RS |
3140 | Sieve is a library for managing Sieve scripts. PGG is a library to handle |
3141 | PGP/MIME. | |
b5a67081 | 3142 | |
30b0da81 RS |
3143 | --- |
3144 | *** There are many news features, bug fixes and improvements. | |
a5768150 | 3145 | |
30b0da81 | 3146 | See the file GNUS-NEWS or the node "Oort Gnus" in the Gnus manual for details. |
b5a67081 | 3147 | |
30b0da81 RS |
3148 | --- |
3149 | ** MH-E changes. | |
b5a67081 | 3150 | |
70314b54 | 3151 | Upgraded to MH-E version 8.0.2. There have been major changes since |
30b0da81 | 3152 | version 5.0.2; see MH-E-NEWS for details. |
b5a67081 | 3153 | |
406c0f12 RS |
3154 | ** Calendar changes: |
3155 | ||
61298e17 RS |
3156 | +++ |
3157 | *** You can now use < and >, instead of C-x < and C-x >, to scroll | |
3158 | the calendar left or right. (The old key bindings still work too.) | |
3159 | ||
30b0da81 | 3160 | +++ |
406c0f12 | 3161 | *** There is a new calendar package, icalendar.el, that can be used to |
30b0da81 | 3162 | convert Emacs diary entries to/from the iCalendar format. |
b5a67081 | 3163 | |
30b0da81 | 3164 | +++ |
406c0f12 | 3165 | *** Diary sexp entries can have custom marking in the calendar. |
30b0da81 RS |
3166 | Diary sexp functions which only apply to certain days (such as |
3167 | `diary-block' or `diary-cyclic') now take an optional parameter MARK, | |
3168 | which is the name of a face or a single-character string indicating | |
3169 | how to highlight the day in the calendar display. Specifying a | |
3170 | single-character string as @var{mark} places the character next to the | |
3171 | day in the calendar. Specifying a face highlights the day with that | |
3172 | face. This lets you have different colors or markings for vacations, | |
3173 | appointments, paydays or anything else using a sexp. | |
b5a67081 | 3174 | |
30b0da81 | 3175 | +++ |
406c0f12 | 3176 | *** The new function `calendar-goto-day-of-year' (g D) prompts for a |
30b0da81 RS |
3177 | year and day number, and moves to that date. Negative day numbers |
3178 | count backward from the end of the year. | |
b5a67081 | 3179 | |
30b0da81 | 3180 | +++ |
406c0f12 | 3181 | *** The new Calendar function `calendar-goto-iso-week' (g w) |
30b0da81 RS |
3182 | prompts for a year and a week number, and moves to the first |
3183 | day of that ISO week. | |
b5a67081 | 3184 | |
30b0da81 | 3185 | --- |
406c0f12 | 3186 | *** The new variable `calendar-minimum-window-height' affects the |
30b0da81 | 3187 | window generated by the function `generate-calendar-window'. |
b5a67081 | 3188 | |
30b0da81 | 3189 | --- |
406c0f12 | 3190 | *** The functions `holiday-easter-etc' and `holiday-advent' now take |
30b0da81 RS |
3191 | optional arguments, in order to only report on the specified holiday |
3192 | rather than all. This makes customization of variables such as | |
3193 | `christian-holidays' simpler. | |
b5a67081 | 3194 | |
30b0da81 | 3195 | --- |
406c0f12 | 3196 | *** The function `simple-diary-display' now by default sets a header line. |
30b0da81 RS |
3197 | This can be controlled through the variables `diary-header-line-flag' |
3198 | and `diary-header-line-format'. | |
b5a67081 | 3199 | |
406c0f12 | 3200 | +++ |
a5768150 RS |
3201 | *** The procedure for activating appointment reminders has changed: |
3202 | use the new function `appt-activate'. The new variable | |
406c0f12 | 3203 | `appt-display-format' controls how reminders are displayed, replacing |
a5768150 | 3204 | `appt-issue-message', `appt-visible', and `appt-msg-window'. |
406c0f12 RS |
3205 | |
3206 | +++ | |
3207 | *** The new functions `diary-from-outlook', `diary-from-outlook-gnus', | |
3208 | and `diary-from-outlook-rmail' can be used to import diary entries | |
3209 | from Outlook-format appointments in mail messages. The variable | |
3210 | `diary-outlook-formats' can be customized to recognize additional | |
3211 | formats. | |
ffe5000a | 3212 | |
1ff10657 CY |
3213 | +++ |
3214 | ** Speedbar changes: | |
3215 | ||
3216 | *** Speedbar items can now be selected by clicking mouse-1, based on | |
3217 | the `mouse-1-click-follows-link' mechanism. | |
3218 | ||
3219 | *** SPC and DEL are no longer bound to scroll up/down in the speedbar | |
3220 | keymap. | |
3221 | ||
3222 | *** The new command `speedbar-toggle-line-expansion', bound to SPC, | |
3223 | contracts or expands the line under the cursor. | |
3224 | ||
3225 | *** New command `speedbar-create-directory', bound to `M'. | |
3226 | ||
3227 | *** The new commands `speedbar-expand-line-descendants' and | |
3228 | `speedbar-contract-line-descendants', bound to `[' and `]' | |
3229 | respectively, expand and contract the line under cursor with all of | |
3230 | its descendents. | |
3231 | ||
3232 | *** The new user option `speedbar-query-confirmation-method' controls | |
3233 | how querying is performed for file operations. A value of 'always | |
3234 | means to always query before file operations; 'none-but-delete means | |
3235 | to not query before any file operations, except before a file | |
3236 | deletion. | |
3237 | ||
3238 | *** The new user option `speedbar-select-frame-method' specifies how | |
3239 | to select a frame for displaying a file opened with the speedbar. A | |
3240 | value of 'attached means to use the attached frame (the frame that | |
3241 | speedbar was started from.) A number such as 1 or -1 means to pass | |
3242 | that number to `other-frame'. | |
3243 | ||
3244 | *** The new user option `speedbar-use-tool-tips-flag', if non-nil, | |
3245 | means to display tool-tips for speedbar items. | |
3246 | ||
3247 | *** The frame management code in speedbar.el has been split into a new | |
3248 | `dframe' library. Emacs Lisp code that makes use of the speedbar | |
3249 | should use `dframe-attached-frame' instead of | |
3250 | `speedbar-attached-frame', `dframe-timer' instead of `speedbar-timer', | |
3251 | `dframe-close-frame' instead of `speedbar-close-frame', and | |
3252 | `dframe-activity-change-focus-flag' instead of | |
3253 | `speedbar-activity-change-focus-flag'. The variables | |
3254 | `speedbar-update-speed' and `speedbar-navigating-speed' are also | |
3255 | obsolete; use `dframe-update-speed' instead. | |
3256 | ||
2b6bb1f2 | 3257 | --- |
30b0da81 | 3258 | ** sql changes. |
2461722b | 3259 | |
679ce4d5 | 3260 | *** The variable `sql-product' controls the highlighting of different |
30b0da81 RS |
3261 | SQL dialects. This variable can be set globally via Customize, on a |
3262 | buffer-specific basis via local variable settings, or for the current | |
3263 | session using the new SQL->Product submenu. (This menu replaces the | |
3264 | SQL->Highlighting submenu.) | |
2461722b | 3265 | |
30b0da81 | 3266 | The following values are supported: |
2461722b | 3267 | |
30b0da81 RS |
3268 | ansi ANSI Standard (default) |
3269 | db2 DB2 | |
3270 | informix Informix | |
3271 | ingres Ingres | |
3272 | interbase Interbase | |
3273 | linter Linter | |
3274 | ms Microsoft | |
3275 | mysql MySQL | |
3276 | oracle Oracle | |
3277 | postgres Postgres | |
3278 | solid Solid | |
3279 | sqlite SQLite | |
3280 | sybase Sybase | |
2461722b | 3281 | |
30b0da81 RS |
3282 | The current product name will be shown on the mode line following the |
3283 | SQL mode indicator. | |
2461722b | 3284 | |
30b0da81 | 3285 | The technique of setting `sql-mode-font-lock-defaults' directly in |
a5768150 | 3286 | your `.emacs' will no longer establish the default highlighting -- Use |
30b0da81 | 3287 | `sql-product' to accomplish this. |
cd3782b4 | 3288 | |
30b0da81 | 3289 | ANSI keywords are always highlighted. |
7920598e | 3290 | |
30b0da81 RS |
3291 | *** The function `sql-add-product-keywords' can be used to add |
3292 | font-lock rules to the product specific rules. For example, to have | |
a5768150 | 3293 | all identifiers ending in `_t' under MS SQLServer treated as a type, |
30b0da81 | 3294 | you would use the following line in your .emacs file: |
7920598e | 3295 | |
30b0da81 RS |
3296 | (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms |
3297 | '(("\\<\\w+_t\\>" . font-lock-type-face))) | |
2461722b | 3298 | |
a5768150 RS |
3299 | *** Oracle support includes keyword highlighting for Oracle 9i. |
3300 | ||
3301 | Most SQL and PL/SQL keywords are implemented. SQL*Plus commands are | |
30b0da81 | 3302 | highlighted in `font-lock-doc-face'. |
ffe5000a | 3303 | |
30b0da81 | 3304 | *** Microsoft SQLServer support has been significantly improved. |
a5768150 | 3305 | |
30b0da81 RS |
3306 | Keyword highlighting for SqlServer 2000 is implemented. |
3307 | sql-interactive-mode defaults to use osql, rather than isql, because | |
3308 | osql flushes its error stream more frequently. Thus error messages | |
3309 | are displayed when they occur rather than when the session is | |
3310 | terminated. | |
ffe5000a | 3311 | |
30b0da81 | 3312 | If the username and password are not provided to `sql-ms', osql is |
a5768150 | 3313 | called with the `-E' command line argument to use the operating system |
30b0da81 | 3314 | credentials to authenticate the user. |
cc801373 | 3315 | |
30b0da81 RS |
3316 | *** Postgres support is enhanced. |
3317 | Keyword highlighting of Postgres 7.3 is implemented. Prompting for | |
3318 | the username and the pgsql `-U' option is added. | |
cc801373 | 3319 | |
30b0da81 | 3320 | *** MySQL support is enhanced. |
679ce4d5 | 3321 | Keyword highlighting of MySql 4.0 is implemented. |
ffe5000a | 3322 | |
30b0da81 RS |
3323 | *** Imenu support has been enhanced to locate tables, views, indexes, |
3324 | packages, procedures, functions, triggers, sequences, rules, and | |
3325 | defaults. | |
e1fa392b | 3326 | |
30b0da81 | 3327 | *** Added SQL->Start SQLi Session menu entry which calls the |
a5768150 | 3328 | appropriate `sql-interactive-mode' wrapper for the current setting of |
30b0da81 | 3329 | `sql-product'. |
e1fa392b | 3330 | |
30b0da81 | 3331 | --- |
a5768150 | 3332 | *** sql.el supports the SQLite interpreter--call 'sql-sqlite'. |
9d00469f | 3333 | |
406c0f12 | 3334 | ** FFAP changes: |
dedbac89 | 3335 | |
30b0da81 | 3336 | +++ |
a5768150 RS |
3337 | *** New ffap commands and keybindings: |
3338 | ||
3339 | C-x C-r (`ffap-read-only'), | |
406c0f12 RS |
3340 | C-x C-v (`ffap-alternate-file'), C-x C-d (`ffap-list-directory'), |
3341 | C-x 4 r (`ffap-read-only-other-window'), C-x 4 d (`ffap-dired-other-window'), | |
3342 | C-x 5 r (`ffap-read-only-other-frame'), C-x 5 d (`ffap-dired-other-frame'). | |
dedbac89 | 3343 | |
406c0f12 | 3344 | --- |
a5768150 RS |
3345 | *** FFAP accepts wildcards in a file name by default. |
3346 | ||
3347 | C-x C-f passes the file name to `find-file' with non-nil WILDCARDS | |
3348 | argument, which visits multiple files, and C-x d passes it to `dired'. | |
ee31cd78 | 3349 | |
406c0f12 | 3350 | --- |
e22fdc36 RW |
3351 | ** Changes in Skeleton |
3352 | ||
3353 | *** In skeleton.el, `-' marks the `skeleton-point' without interregion interaction. | |
a5768150 RS |
3354 | |
3355 | `@' has reverted to only setting `skeleton-positions' and no longer | |
3356 | sets `skeleton-point'. Skeletons which used @ to mark | |
3357 | `skeleton-point' independent of `_' should now use `-' instead. The | |
3358 | updated `skeleton-insert' docstring explains these new features along | |
3359 | with other details of skeleton construction. | |
ee31cd78 | 3360 | |
e22fdc36 RW |
3361 | *** The variables `skeleton-transformation', `skeleton-filter', and |
3362 | `skeleton-pair-filter' have been renamed to | |
3363 | `skeleton-transformation-function', `skeleton-filter-function', and | |
3364 | `skeleton-pair-filter-function'. The old names are still available | |
3365 | as aliases. | |
3366 | ||
406c0f12 | 3367 | --- |
5c4757d3 RS |
3368 | ** Hideshow mode changes |
3369 | ||
3370 | *** New variable `hs-set-up-overlay' allows customization of the overlay | |
406c0f12 RS |
3371 | used to effect hiding for hideshow minor mode. Integration with isearch |
3372 | handles the overlay property `display' specially, preserving it during | |
3373 | temporary overlay showing in the course of an isearch operation. | |
30b0da81 | 3374 | |
5c4757d3 | 3375 | *** New variable `hs-allow-nesting' non-nil means that hiding a block does |
774d7c68 TTN |
3376 | not discard the hidden state of any "internal" blocks; when the parent |
3377 | block is later shown, the internal blocks remain hidden. Default is nil. | |
3378 | ||
406c0f12 | 3379 | +++ |
a5768150 | 3380 | ** `hide-ifdef-mode' now uses overlays rather than selective-display |
406c0f12 RS |
3381 | to hide its text. This should be mostly transparent but slightly |
3382 | changes the behavior of motion commands like C-e and C-p. | |
c8636435 | 3383 | |
406c0f12 | 3384 | --- |
a5768150 | 3385 | ** `partial-completion-mode' now handles partial completion on directory names. |
d0ee2ed3 | 3386 | |
406c0f12 RS |
3387 | --- |
3388 | ** The type-break package now allows `type-break-file-name' to be nil | |
3389 | and if so, doesn't store any data across sessions. This is handy if | |
a5768150 | 3390 | you don't want the `.type-break' file in your home directory or are |
406c0f12 | 3391 | annoyed by the need for interaction when you kill Emacs. |
7320911b | 3392 | |
406c0f12 RS |
3393 | --- |
3394 | ** `ps-print' can now print characters from the mule-unicode charsets. | |
a020987f | 3395 | |
406c0f12 | 3396 | Printing text with characters from the mule-unicode-* sets works with |
a5768150 RS |
3397 | `ps-print', provided that you have installed the appropriate BDF |
3398 | fonts. See the file INSTALL for URLs where you can find these fonts. | |
c90e7e43 | 3399 | |
406c0f12 RS |
3400 | --- |
3401 | ** New command `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'. | |
3402 | This is like `strokes-global-set-stroke', but it allows you to bind | |
3403 | the stroke directly to a string to insert. This is convenient for | |
3404 | using strokes as an input method. | |
0f7a93c1 | 3405 | |
c44da964 RS |
3406 | ** Emacs server changes: |
3407 | ||
3408 | +++ | |
3409 | *** You can have several Emacs servers on the same machine. | |
3410 | ||
3411 | % emacs --eval '(setq server-name "foo")' -f server-start & | |
3412 | % emacs --eval '(setq server-name "bar")' -f server-start & | |
3413 | % emacsclient -s foo file1 | |
3414 | % emacsclient -s bar file2 | |
3415 | ||
3416 | +++ | |
3417 | *** The `emacsclient' command understands the options `--eval' and | |
7404c0d4 | 3418 | `--display' which tell Emacs respectively to evaluate the given Lisp |
c44da964 RS |
3419 | expression and to use the given display when visiting files. |
3420 | ||
3421 | +++ | |
3422 | *** User option `server-mode' can be used to start a server process. | |
3423 | ||
406c0f12 RS |
3424 | --- |
3425 | ** LDAP support now defaults to ldapsearch from OpenLDAP version 2. | |
cbbfedb2 | 3426 | |
85df292e | 3427 | +++ |
406c0f12 | 3428 | ** You can now disable pc-selection-mode after enabling it. |
406c0f12 | 3429 | |
a5768150 RS |
3430 | M-x pc-selection-mode behaves like a proper minor mode, and with no |
3431 | argument it toggles the mode. Turning off PC-Selection mode restores | |
3432 | the global key bindings that were replaced by turning on the mode. | |
376de739 | 3433 | |
30b0da81 | 3434 | --- |
406c0f12 RS |
3435 | ** `uniquify-strip-common-suffix' tells uniquify to prefer |
3436 | `file|dir1' and `file|dir2' to `file|dir1/subdir' and `file|dir2/subdir'. | |
092de21d | 3437 | |
406c0f12 RS |
3438 | --- |
3439 | ** Support for `magic cookie' standout modes has been removed. | |
a5768150 RS |
3440 | |
3441 | Emacs still works on terminals that require magic cookies in order to | |
3442 | use standout mode, but they can no longer display mode-lines in | |
3443 | inverse-video. | |
092de21d | 3444 | |
406c0f12 RS |
3445 | --- |
3446 | ** The game `mpuz' is enhanced. | |
092de21d | 3447 | |
406c0f12 RS |
3448 | `mpuz' now allows the 2nd factor not to have two identical digits. By |
3449 | default, all trivial operations involving whole lines are performed | |
3450 | automatically. The game uses faces for better visual feedback. | |
2e2d7ee6 | 3451 | |
27bc28bd LK |
3452 | ** battery.el changes: |
3453 | ||
3454 | --- | |
3455 | *** display-battery-mode replaces display-battery. | |
3456 | ||
30b0da81 | 3457 | --- |
27bc28bd | 3458 | *** battery.el now works on recent versions of OS X. |
08fd1251 | 3459 | |
406c0f12 | 3460 | --- |
a5768150 RS |
3461 | ** calculator.el now has radix grouping mode. |
3462 | ||
3463 | To enable this, set `calculator-output-radix' non-nil. In this mode a | |
3464 | separator character is used every few digits, making it easier to see | |
679ce4d5 | 3465 | byte boundaries etc. For more info, see the documentation of the |
a5768150 | 3466 | variable `calculator-radix-grouping-mode'. |
5b3dedcc | 3467 | |
30b0da81 | 3468 | --- |
406c0f12 | 3469 | ** fast-lock.el and lazy-lock.el are obsolete. Use jit-lock.el instead. |
09fe18d3 | 3470 | |
406c0f12 RS |
3471 | --- |
3472 | ** iso-acc.el is now obsolete. Use one of the latin input methods instead. | |
98a51048 | 3473 | |
406c0f12 | 3474 | --- |
a5768150 | 3475 | ** cplus-md.el has been deleted. |
047ad6f5 TTN |
3476 | |
3477 | ** Ewoc changes | |
3478 | ||
3479 | *** The new function `ewoc-delete' deletes specified nodes. | |
3480 | ||
3481 | *** `ewoc-create' now takes optional arg NOSEP, which inhibits insertion of | |
3482 | a newline after each pretty-printed entry and after the header and footer. | |
3483 | This allows you to create multiple-entry ewocs on a single line and to | |
3484 | effect "invisible" nodes by arranging for the pretty-printer to not print | |
3485 | anything for those nodes. | |
3486 | ||
3487 | For example, these two sequences of expressions behave identically: | |
3488 | ||
3489 | ;; NOSEP nil | |
3490 | (defun PP (data) (insert (format "%S" data))) | |
3491 | (ewoc-create 'PP "start\n") | |
3492 | ||
3493 | ;; NOSEP t | |
3494 | (defun PP (data) (insert (format "%S\n" data))) | |
3495 | (ewoc-create 'PP "start\n\n" "\n" t) | |
3496 | ||
3958015d LT |
3497 | ** Locate changes |
3498 | ||
3499 | --- | |
3500 | *** By default, reverting the *Locate* buffer now just runs the last | |
3501 | `locate' command back over again without offering to update the locate | |
3502 | database (which normally only works if you have root privileges). If | |
3503 | you prefer the old behavior, set the new customizable option | |
3504 | `locate-update-when-revert' to t. | |
3505 | ||
406c0f12 | 3506 | \f |
c44da964 | 3507 | * Changes in Emacs 22.1 on non-free operating systems |
c1cbc25a | 3508 | |
e8d2a9b0 | 3509 | +++ |
43e5cbd9 JR |
3510 | ** The HOME directory defaults to Application Data under the user profile. |
3511 | ||
3512 | If you used a previous version of Emacs without setting the HOME | |
73d99a4b EZ |
3513 | environment variable and a `.emacs' was saved, then Emacs will continue |
3514 | using C:/ as the default HOME. But if you are installing Emacs afresh, | |
43e5cbd9 | 3515 | the default location will be the "Application Data" (or similar |
73d99a4b EZ |
3516 | localized name) subdirectory of your user profile. A typical location |
3517 | of this directory is "C:\Documents and Settings\USERNAME\Application Data", | |
3518 | where USERNAME is your user name. | |
3519 | ||
3520 | This change means that users can now have their own `.emacs' files on | |
3521 | shared computers, and the default HOME directory is less likely to be | |
3522 | read-only on computers that are administered by someone else. | |
43e5cbd9 | 3523 | |
ed2846bd | 3524 | +++ |
406c0f12 | 3525 | ** Passing resources on the command line now works on MS Windows. |
a5768150 | 3526 | |
406c0f12 RS |
3527 | You can use --xrm to pass resource settings to Emacs, overriding any |
3528 | existing values. For example: | |
09fe18d3 | 3529 | |
406c0f12 | 3530 | emacs --xrm "Emacs.Background:red" --xrm "Emacs.Geometry:100x20" |
09fe18d3 | 3531 | |
406c0f12 RS |
3532 | will start up Emacs on an initial frame of 100x20 with red background, |
3533 | irrespective of geometry or background setting on the Windows registry. | |
e5847e56 | 3534 | |
406c0f12 RS |
3535 | --- |
3536 | ** On MS Windows, the "system caret" now follows the cursor. | |
a5768150 | 3537 | |
406c0f12 RS |
3538 | This enables Emacs to work better with programs that need to track |
3539 | the cursor, for example screen magnifiers and text to speech programs. | |
e5847e56 | 3540 | |
406c0f12 RS |
3541 | --- |
3542 | ** Tooltips now work on MS Windows. | |
a5768150 | 3543 | |
406c0f12 | 3544 | See the Emacs 21.1 NEWS entry for tooltips for details. |
e5847e56 | 3545 | |
406c0f12 RS |
3546 | --- |
3547 | ** Images are now supported on MS Windows. | |
a5768150 | 3548 | |
406c0f12 RS |
3549 | PBM and XBM images are supported out of the box. Other image formats |
3550 | depend on external libraries. All of these libraries have been ported | |
3551 | to Windows, and can be found in both source and binary form at | |
3552 | http://gnuwin32.sourceforge.net/. Note that libpng also depends on | |
3553 | zlib, and tiff depends on the version of jpeg that it was compiled | |
3554 | against. For additional information, see nt/INSTALL. | |
e5847e56 | 3555 | |
406c0f12 RS |
3556 | --- |
3557 | ** Sound is now supported on MS Windows. | |
a5768150 | 3558 | |
406c0f12 RS |
3559 | WAV format is supported on all versions of Windows, other formats such |
3560 | as AU, AIFF and MP3 may be supported in the more recent versions of | |
3561 | Windows, or when other software provides hooks into the system level | |
3562 | sound support for those formats. | |
06859ebd | 3563 | |
30b0da81 | 3564 | --- |
406c0f12 | 3565 | ** Different shaped mouse pointers are supported on MS Windows. |
a5768150 | 3566 | |
406c0f12 | 3567 | The mouse pointer changes shape depending on what is under the pointer. |
06859ebd | 3568 | |
30b0da81 | 3569 | --- |
406c0f12 | 3570 | ** Pointing devices with more than 3 buttons are now supported on MS Windows. |
a5768150 | 3571 | |
406c0f12 RS |
3572 | The new variable `w32-pass-extra-mouse-buttons-to-system' controls |
3573 | whether Emacs should handle the extra buttons itself (the default), or | |
3574 | pass them to Windows to be handled with system-wide functions. | |
678d2655 | 3575 | |
30b0da81 | 3576 | --- |
406c0f12 | 3577 | ** Emacs takes note of colors defined in Control Panel on MS-Windows. |
a5768150 | 3578 | |
406c0f12 RS |
3579 | The Control Panel defines some default colors for applications in much |
3580 | the same way as wildcard X Resources do on X. Emacs now adds these | |
3581 | colors to the colormap prefixed by System (eg SystemMenu for the | |
3582 | default Menu background, SystemMenuText for the foreground), and uses | |
3583 | some of them to initialize some of the default faces. | |
3584 | `list-colors-display' shows the list of System color names, in case | |
3585 | you wish to use them in other faces. | |
678d2655 | 3586 | |
406c0f12 RS |
3587 | --- |
3588 | ** On MS Windows NT/W2K/XP, Emacs uses Unicode for clipboard operations. | |
a5768150 | 3589 | |
406c0f12 RS |
3590 | Those systems use Unicode internally, so this allows Emacs to share |
3591 | multilingual text with other applications. On other versions of | |
3592 | MS Windows, Emacs now uses the appropriate locale coding-system, so | |
3593 | the clipboard should work correctly for your local language without | |
3594 | any customizations. | |
06859ebd | 3595 | |
47bdd305 JR |
3596 | --- |
3597 | ** Running in a console window in Windows now uses the console size. | |
3598 | ||
3599 | Previous versions of Emacs erred on the side of having a usable Emacs | |
3600 | through telnet, even though that was inconvenient if you use Emacs in | |
3601 | a local console window with a scrollback buffer. The default value of | |
679ce4d5 | 3602 | w32-use-full-screen-buffer is now nil, which favors local console |
47bdd305 JR |
3603 | windows. Recent versions of Windows telnet also work well with this |
3604 | setting. If you are using an older telnet server then Emacs detects | |
3605 | that the console window dimensions that are reported are not sane, and | |
3606 | defaults to 80x25. If you use such a telnet server regularly at a size | |
3607 | other than 80x25, you can still manually set | |
3608 | w32-use-full-screen-buffer to t. | |
3609 | ||
406c0f12 | 3610 | --- |
a5768150 RS |
3611 | ** On Mac OS, `keyboard-coding-system' changes based on the keyboard script. |
3612 | ||
3613 | --- | |
3614 | ** The variable `mac-keyboard-text-encoding' and the constants | |
406c0f12 RS |
3615 | `kTextEncodingMacRoman', `kTextEncodingISOLatin1', and |
3616 | `kTextEncodingISOLatin2' are obsolete. | |
7d638a76 YM |
3617 | |
3618 | ** The variable `mac-command-key-is-meta' is obsolete. Use | |
3619 | `mac-command-modifier' and `mac-option-modifier' instead. | |
30b0da81 RS |
3620 | \f |
3621 | * Incompatible Lisp Changes in Emacs 22.1 | |
e71caa4e | 3622 | |
e5307343 KH |
3623 | ** The function find-operation-coding-system accepts a cons (FILENAME |
3624 | . BUFFER) in an argument correponding to the target. | |
3625 | ||
240d926e RS |
3626 | --- |
3627 | ** The variables post-command-idle-hook and post-command-idle-delay have | |
3628 | been removed. Use run-with-idle-timer instead. | |
3629 | ||
ed2846bd | 3630 | +++ |
30b0da81 RS |
3631 | ** `suppress-keymap' now works by remapping `self-insert-command' to |
3632 | the command `undefined'. (In earlier Emacs versions, it used | |
3633 | `substitute-key-definition' to rebind self inserting characters to | |
3634 | `undefined'.) | |
c1cbc25a | 3635 | |
30b0da81 RS |
3636 | +++ |
3637 | ** Mode line display ignores text properties as well as the | |
3638 | :propertize and :eval forms in the value of a variable whose | |
3639 | `risky-local-variable' property is nil. | |
c44da964 | 3640 | |
66123014 EZ |
3641 | --- |
3642 | The function `comint-send-input' now accepts 3 optional arguments: | |
3643 | ||
3644 | (comint-send-input &optional no-newline artificial) | |
3645 | ||
3646 | Callers sending input not from the user should use bind the 3rd | |
3647 | argument `artificial' to a non-nil value, to prevent Emacs from | |
3648 | deleting the part of subprocess output that matches the input. | |
3649 | ||
c44da964 RS |
3650 | --- |
3651 | ** Support for Mocklisp has been removed. | |
685abb98 RS |
3652 | |
3653 | +++ | |
3654 | ** The variable `memory-full' now remains t until | |
3655 | there is no longer a shortage of memory. | |
5de261c4 | 3656 | |
30b0da81 RS |
3657 | \f |
3658 | * Lisp Changes in Emacs 22.1 | |
c1cbc25a | 3659 | |
c44da964 | 3660 | ** General Lisp changes: |
c1cbc25a | 3661 | |
c1a4c74d TTN |
3662 | *** The function `expt' handles negative exponents differently. |
3663 | The value for `(expt A B)', if both A and B are integers and B is | |
3664 | negative, is now a float. For example: (expt 2 -2) => 0.25. | |
3665 | ||
30b0da81 | 3666 | +++ |
c44da964 | 3667 | *** The function `eql' is now available without requiring the CL package. |
c1cbc25a | 3668 | |
ed2846bd | 3669 | +++ |
c44da964 | 3670 | *** `makehash' is now obsolete. Use `make-hash-table' instead. |
4e14f66c | 3671 | |
7e995a23 | 3672 | +++ |
9bae34bf | 3673 | *** `add-to-list' takes an optional third argument, APPEND. |
d3a403e5 | 3674 | |
9bae34bf RS |
3675 | If APPEND is non-nil, the new element gets added at the end of the |
3676 | list instead of at the beginning. This change actually occurred in | |
3677 | Emacs 21.1, but was not documented then. | |
b19ac475 | 3678 | |
a5c99dc9 KS |
3679 | +++ |
3680 | *** New function `add-to-ordered-list' is like `add-to-list' but | |
10f401d2 | 3681 | associates a numeric ordering of each element added to the list. |
a5c99dc9 | 3682 | |
ed2846bd | 3683 | +++ |
9bae34bf RS |
3684 | *** New function `copy-tree' makes a copy of a tree. |
3685 | ||
d5b08376 | 3686 | It recursively copies through both CARs and CDRs. |
b2b681f1 | 3687 | |
30b0da81 | 3688 | +++ |
9bae34bf RS |
3689 | *** New function `delete-dups' deletes `equal' duplicate elements from a list. |
3690 | ||
3691 | It modifies the list destructively, like `delete'. Of several `equal' | |
3692 | occurrences of an element in the list, the one that's kept is the | |
3693 | first one. | |
b2b681f1 | 3694 | |
7cb0aae4 EZ |
3695 | +++ |
3696 | *** New function `add-to-history' adds an element to a history list. | |
3697 | ||
7cb0aae4 EZ |
3698 | Lisp packages should use this function to add elements to their |
3699 | history lists. | |
3700 | ||
ed7e6c32 KS |
3701 | If `history-delete-duplicates' is non-nil, it removes duplicates of |
3702 | the new element from the history list it updates. | |
3703 | ||
30b0da81 | 3704 | +++ |
9bae34bf RS |
3705 | *** New function `rassq-delete-all'. |
3706 | ||
3707 | (rassq-delete-all VALUE ALIST) deletes, from ALIST, each element whose | |
3708 | CDR is `eq' to the specified value. | |
b2b681f1 | 3709 | |
30b0da81 | 3710 | +++ |
9bae34bf RS |
3711 | *** The function `number-sequence' makes a list of equally-separated numbers. |
3712 | ||
3713 | For instance, (number-sequence 4 9) returns (4 5 6 7 8 9). By | |
3714 | default, the separation is 1, but you can specify a different | |
3715 | separation as the third argument. (number-sequence 1.5 6 2) returns | |
3716 | (1.5 3.5 5.5). | |
b2b681f1 | 3717 | |
30b0da81 | 3718 | +++ |
9bae34bf RS |
3719 | *** New variables `most-positive-fixnum' and `most-negative-fixnum'. |
3720 | ||
3721 | They hold the largest and smallest possible integer values. | |
b2b681f1 | 3722 | |
30b0da81 | 3723 | +++ |
9bae34bf RS |
3724 | *** Minor change in the function `format'. |
3725 | ||
3726 | Some flags that were accepted but not implemented (such as "*") are no | |
3727 | longer accepted. | |
b2b681f1 | 3728 | |
a775dff4 | 3729 | +++ |
9bae34bf RS |
3730 | *** Functions `get' and `plist-get' no longer give errors for bad plists. |
3731 | ||
3732 | They return nil for a malformed property list or if the list is | |
3733 | cyclic. | |
851e5562 | 3734 | |
30b0da81 | 3735 | +++ |
9bae34bf RS |
3736 | *** New functions `lax-plist-get' and `lax-plist-put'. |
3737 | ||
3738 | They are like `plist-get' and `plist-put', except that they compare | |
3739 | the property name using `equal' rather than `eq'. | |
851e5562 | 3740 | |
9f4b6e73 | 3741 | +++ |
9bae34bf RS |
3742 | *** New variable `print-continuous-numbering'. |
3743 | ||
3744 | When this is non-nil, successive calls to print functions use a single | |
3745 | numbering scheme for circular structure references. This is only | |
3746 | relevant when `print-circle' is non-nil. | |
c44da964 RS |
3747 | |
3748 | When you bind `print-continuous-numbering' to t, you should | |
3749 | also bind `print-number-table' to nil. | |
e91408d7 | 3750 | |
9f4b6e73 | 3751 | +++ |
c44da964 | 3752 | *** New function `macroexpand-all' expands all macros in a form. |
30b0da81 | 3753 | |
c44da964 RS |
3754 | It is similar to the Common-Lisp function of the same name. |
3755 | One difference is that it guarantees to return the original argument | |
3756 | if no expansion is done, which can be tested using `eq'. | |
8bc51bd1 | 3757 | |
b19ac475 | 3758 | +++ |
c44da964 RS |
3759 | *** The function `atan' now accepts an optional second argument. |
3760 | ||
3761 | When called with 2 arguments, as in `(atan Y X)', `atan' returns the | |
3762 | angle in radians between the vector [X, Y] and the X axis. (This is | |
3763 | equivalent to the standard C library function `atan2'.) | |
830047fd | 3764 | |
9adcb5f2 | 3765 | +++ |
9bae34bf | 3766 | *** A function or macro's doc string can now specify the calling pattern. |
30b0da81 | 3767 | |
9bae34bf RS |
3768 | You put this info in the doc string's last line. It should be |
3769 | formatted so as to match the regexp "\n\n(fn .*)\\'". If you don't | |
3770 | specify this explicitly, Emacs determines it from the actual argument | |
3771 | names. Usually that default is right, but not always. | |
d0cd7210 | 3772 | |
3e7274ae | 3773 | +++ |
9bae34bf RS |
3774 | *** New macro `with-local-quit' temporarily allows quitting. |
3775 | ||
3776 | A quit inside the body of `with-local-quit' is caught by the | |
3777 | `with-local-quit' form itself, but another quit will happen later once | |
679ce4d5 | 3778 | the code that has inhibited quitting exits. |
3e7274ae | 3779 | |
9bae34bf RS |
3780 | This is for use around potentially blocking or long-running code |
3781 | inside timer functions and `post-command-hook' functions. | |
3782 | ||
3783 | +++ | |
3784 | *** New macro `define-obsolete-function-alias'. | |
c44da964 | 3785 | |
9bae34bf | 3786 | This combines `defalias' and `make-obsolete'. |
7e995a23 | 3787 | |
30b0da81 | 3788 | +++ |
9bae34bf RS |
3789 | *** New function `unsafep' determines whether a Lisp form is safe. |
3790 | ||
3791 | It returns nil if the given Lisp form can't possibly do anything | |
3792 | dangerous; otherwise it returns a reason why the form might be unsafe | |
f7735be5 | 3793 | (calls unknown function, alters global variable, etc.). |
7e995a23 | 3794 | |
db5fe0a6 | 3795 | +++ |
41e7ed3a RS |
3796 | *** New macro `eval-at-startup' specifies expressions to |
3797 | evaluate when Emacs starts up. If this is done after startup, | |
3798 | it evaluates those expressions immediately. | |
3799 | ||
242a7584 | 3800 | This is useful in packages that can be preloaded. |
41e7ed3a | 3801 | |
a2e6384d JB |
3802 | *** `list-faces-display' takes an optional argument, REGEXP. |
3803 | ||
3804 | If it is non-nil, the function lists only faces matching this regexp. | |
3805 | ||
1ca9b532 | 3806 | +++ |
20bfe387 | 3807 | *** New functions `string-or-null-p' and `booleanp'. |
1ca9b532 | 3808 | |
20bfe387 SM |
3809 | `string-or-null-p' returns non-nil iff OBJECT is a string or nil. |
3810 | `booleanp' returns non-nil iff OBJECT is a t or nil. | |
1ca9b532 | 3811 | |
c44da964 | 3812 | ** Lisp code indentation features: |
7e995a23 | 3813 | |
a775dff4 | 3814 | +++ |
9bae34bf RS |
3815 | *** The `defmacro' form can contain indentation and edebug declarations. |
3816 | ||
3817 | These declarations specify how to indent the macro calls in Lisp mode | |
3818 | and how to debug them with Edebug. You write them like this: | |
652dd271 | 3819 | |
c44da964 RS |
3820 | (defmacro NAME LAMBDA-LIST [DOC-STRING] [DECLARATION ...] ...) |
3821 | ||
3822 | DECLARATION is a list `(declare DECLARATION-SPECIFIER ...)'. The | |
9bae34bf | 3823 | possible declaration specifiers are: |
c44da964 RS |
3824 | |
3825 | (indent INDENT) | |
3826 | Set NAME's `lisp-indent-function' property to INDENT. | |
3827 | ||
3828 | (edebug DEBUG) | |
3829 | Set NAME's `edebug-form-spec' property to DEBUG. (This is | |
9bae34bf RS |
3830 | equivalent to writing a `def-edebug-spec' for the macro, |
3831 | but this is cleaner.) | |
53092de4 | 3832 | |
30b0da81 | 3833 | --- |
c44da964 | 3834 | *** cl-indent now allows customization of Indentation of backquoted forms. |
d18473b9 | 3835 | |
c44da964 RS |
3836 | See the new user option `lisp-backquote-indentation'. |
3837 | ||
3838 | --- | |
3839 | *** cl-indent now handles indentation of simple and extended `loop' forms. | |
3840 | ||
3841 | The new user options `lisp-loop-keyword-indentation', | |
3842 | `lisp-loop-forms-indentation', and `lisp-simple-loop-indentation' can | |
3843 | be used to customize the indentation of keywords and forms in loop | |
3844 | forms. | |
69348b2a | 3845 | |
ed2846bd | 3846 | +++ |
c44da964 | 3847 | ** Variable aliases: |
30b0da81 | 3848 | |
9bae34bf | 3849 | *** New function: defvaralias ALIAS-VAR BASE-VAR [DOCSTRING] |
30b0da81 RS |
3850 | |
3851 | This function defines the symbol ALIAS-VAR as a variable alias for | |
3852 | symbol BASE-VAR. This means that retrieving the value of ALIAS-VAR | |
3853 | returns the value of BASE-VAR, and changing the value of ALIAS-VAR | |
3854 | changes the value of BASE-VAR. | |
3855 | ||
3856 | DOCSTRING, if present, is the documentation for ALIAS-VAR; else it has | |
3857 | the same documentation as BASE-VAR. | |
3858 | ||
9bae34bf | 3859 | *** New function: indirect-variable VARIABLE |
30b0da81 RS |
3860 | |
3861 | This function returns the variable at the end of the chain of aliases | |
3862 | of VARIABLE. If VARIABLE is not a symbol, or if VARIABLE is not | |
3863 | defined as an alias, the function returns VARIABLE. | |
3864 | ||
3865 | It might be noteworthy that variables aliases work for all kinds of | |
3866 | variables, including buffer-local and frame-local variables. | |
69348b2a | 3867 | |
ed2846bd | 3868 | +++ |
c44da964 RS |
3869 | *** The macro `define-obsolete-variable-alias' combines `defvaralias' and |
3870 | `make-obsolete-variable'. | |
69348b2a | 3871 | |
c44da964 | 3872 | ** defcustom changes: |
69348b2a | 3873 | |
f327867a BW |
3874 | +++ |
3875 | *** The package-version keyword has been added to provide | |
3876 | `customize-changed-options' functionality to packages in the future. | |
3877 | Developers who make use of this keyword must also update the new | |
3878 | variable `customize-package-emacs-version-alist'. | |
3879 | ||
c44da964 | 3880 | +++ |
9bae34bf | 3881 | *** The new customization type `float' requires a floating point number. |
69348b2a | 3882 | |
c44da964 | 3883 | ** String changes: |
30b0da81 | 3884 | |
c44da964 | 3885 | +++ |
9bae34bf RS |
3886 | *** The escape sequence \s is now interpreted as a SPACE character. |
3887 | ||
3888 | Exception: In a character constant, if it is followed by a `-' in a | |
3889 | character constant (e.g. ?\s-A), it is still interpreted as the super | |
3890 | modifier. In strings, \s is always interpreted as a space. | |
3891 | ||
3892 | +++ | |
3893 | *** A hex escape in a string constant forces the string to be multibyte. | |
30b0da81 | 3894 | |
c44da964 | 3895 | +++ |
9bae34bf | 3896 | *** An octal escape in a string constant forces the string to be unibyte. |
30b0da81 | 3897 | |
c44da964 RS |
3898 | +++ |
3899 | *** `split-string' now includes null substrings in the returned list if | |
3900 | the optional argument SEPARATORS is non-nil and there are matches for | |
3901 | SEPARATORS at the beginning or end of the string. If SEPARATORS is | |
3902 | nil, or if the new optional third argument OMIT-NULLS is non-nil, all | |
3903 | empty matches are omitted from the returned list. | |
30b0da81 | 3904 | |
c44da964 RS |
3905 | +++ |
3906 | *** New function `string-to-multibyte' converts a unibyte string to a | |
3907 | multibyte string with the same individual character codes. | |
30b0da81 | 3908 | |
c44da964 | 3909 | +++ |
9bae34bf | 3910 | *** New function `substring-no-properties' returns a substring without |
c44da964 | 3911 | text properties. |
30b0da81 | 3912 | |
c44da964 RS |
3913 | +++ |
3914 | *** The new function `assoc-string' replaces `assoc-ignore-case' and | |
3915 | `assoc-ignore-representation', which are still available, but have | |
3916 | been declared obsolete. | |
30b0da81 | 3917 | |
cb480394 EZ |
3918 | +++ |
3919 | *** New syntax: \uXXXX and \UXXXXXXXX specify Unicode code points in hex. | |
3920 | Use "\u0428" to specify a string consisting of CYRILLIC CAPITAL LETTER SHA, | |
3921 | or "\U0001D6E2" to specify one consisting of MATHEMATICAL ITALIC CAPITAL | |
3922 | ALPHA (the latter is greater than #xFFFF and thus needs the longer | |
3923 | syntax). Also available for characters. | |
3924 | ||
c44da964 | 3925 | +++ |
9bae34bf | 3926 | ** Displaying warnings to the user. |
30b0da81 | 3927 | |
9bae34bf RS |
3928 | See the functions `warn' and `display-warning', or the Lisp Manual. |
3929 | If you want to be sure the warning will not be overlooked, this | |
3930 | facility is much better than using `message', since it displays | |
3931 | warnings in a separate window. | |
5f6eef94 | 3932 | |
c44da964 RS |
3933 | +++ |
3934 | ** Progress reporters. | |
5f6eef94 | 3935 | |
c44da964 RS |
3936 | These provide a simple and uniform way for commands to present |
3937 | progress messages for the user. | |
05faee07 | 3938 | |
c44da964 RS |
3939 | See the new functions `make-progress-reporter', |
3940 | `progress-reporter-update', `progress-reporter-force-update', | |
3941 | `progress-reporter-done', and `dotimes-with-progress-reporter'. | |
05faee07 | 3942 | |
c44da964 | 3943 | ** Buffer positions: |
5f6eef94 | 3944 | |
c44da964 RS |
3945 | +++ |
3946 | *** Function `compute-motion' now calculates the usable window | |
3947 | width if the WIDTH argument is nil. If the TOPOS argument is nil, | |
3948 | the usable window height and width is used. | |
5f6eef94 | 3949 | |
c44da964 RS |
3950 | +++ |
3951 | *** The `line-move', `scroll-up', and `scroll-down' functions will now | |
3952 | modify the window vscroll to scroll through display rows that are | |
9bae34bf RS |
3953 | taller that the height of the window, for example in the presence of |
3954 | large images. To disable this feature, bind the new variable | |
3955 | `auto-window-vscroll' to nil. | |
5f6eef94 | 3956 | |
c44da964 | 3957 | +++ |
9bae34bf RS |
3958 | *** The argument to `forward-word', `backward-word' is optional. |
3959 | ||
3960 | It defaults to 1. | |
5f6eef94 | 3961 | |
c44da964 | 3962 | +++ |
9bae34bf RS |
3963 | *** Argument to `forward-to-indentation' and `backward-to-indentation' is optional. |
3964 | ||
3965 | It defaults to 1. | |
5f6eef94 | 3966 | |
c44da964 | 3967 | +++ |
f7735be5 | 3968 | *** New function `mouse-on-link-p' tests if a position is in a clickable link. |
9bae34bf RS |
3969 | |
3970 | This is the function used by the new `mouse-1-click-follows-link' | |
3971 | functionality. | |
d46aeafc | 3972 | |
c44da964 | 3973 | +++ |
9bae34bf RS |
3974 | *** New function `line-number-at-pos' returns the line number of a position. |
3975 | ||
3976 | It an optional buffer position argument that defaults to point. | |
3977 | ||
3978 | +++ | |
3979 | *** `field-beginning' and `field-end' take new optional argument, LIMIT. | |
3980 | ||
3981 | This argument tells them not to search beyond LIMIT. Instead they | |
3982 | give up and return LIMIT. | |
d46aeafc | 3983 | |
c44da964 RS |
3984 | +++ |
3985 | *** Function `pos-visible-in-window-p' now returns the pixel coordinates | |
679ce4d5 | 3986 | and partial visibility state of the corresponding row, if the PARTIALLY |
c44da964 | 3987 | arg is non-nil. |
05faee07 | 3988 | |
c44da964 RS |
3989 | +++ |
3990 | *** New functions `posn-at-point' and `posn-at-x-y' return | |
3991 | click-event-style position information for a given visible buffer | |
3992 | position or for a given window pixel coordinate. | |
d46aeafc | 3993 | |
c44da964 | 3994 | ** Text modification: |
5f6eef94 | 3995 | |
c44da964 | 3996 | +++ |
9bae34bf RS |
3997 | *** The new function `insert-for-yank' normally works like `insert', but |
3998 | removes the text properties in the `yank-excluded-properties' list | |
3999 | and handles the `yank-handler' text property. | |
4000 | ||
4001 | +++ | |
4002 | *** The new function `insert-buffer-substring-as-yank' is like | |
4003 | `insert-for-yank' except that it gets the text from another buffer as | |
4004 | in `insert-buffer-substring'. | |
5f6eef94 | 4005 | |
76bf15e9 | 4006 | +++ |
c44da964 | 4007 | *** The new function `insert-buffer-substring-no-properties' is like |
9bae34bf | 4008 | `insert-buffer-substring', but removes all text properties from the |
c44da964 | 4009 | inserted substring. |
76bf15e9 | 4010 | |
c44da964 RS |
4011 | +++ |
4012 | *** The new function `filter-buffer-substring' extracts a buffer | |
4013 | substring, passes it through a set of filter functions, and returns | |
9bae34bf | 4014 | the filtered substring. Use it instead of `buffer-substring' or |
c44da964 | 4015 | `delete-and-extract-region' when copying text into a user-accessible |
9bae34bf RS |
4016 | data structure, such as the kill-ring, X clipboard, or a register. |
4017 | ||
4018 | The list of filter function is specified by the new variable | |
4019 | `buffer-substring-filters'. For example, Longlines mode adds to | |
c44da964 RS |
4020 | `buffer-substring-filters' to remove soft newlines from the copied |
4021 | text. | |
06a49fc1 | 4022 | |
c44da964 RS |
4023 | +++ |
4024 | *** Function `translate-region' accepts also a char-table as TABLE | |
4025 | argument. | |
c6177909 | 4026 | |
c44da964 RS |
4027 | +++ |
4028 | *** The new translation table `translation-table-for-input' | |
4029 | is used for customizing self-insertion. The character to | |
4030 | be inserted is translated through it. | |
01b70437 | 4031 | |
c44da964 RS |
4032 | --- |
4033 | *** Text clones. | |
4a29bad2 | 4034 | |
c44da964 RS |
4035 | The new function `text-clone-create'. Text clones are chunks of text |
4036 | that are kept identical by transparently propagating changes from one | |
4037 | clone to the other. | |
0e7d7aae | 4038 | |
c44da964 RS |
4039 | --- |
4040 | *** The function `insert-string' is now obsolete. | |
f6537e03 | 4041 | |
0af4347a EZ |
4042 | ** Filling changes. |
4043 | ||
4044 | +++ | |
4045 | *** In determining an adaptive fill prefix, Emacs now tries the function in | |
4046 | `adaptive-fill-function' _before_ matching the buffer line against | |
4047 | `adaptive-fill-regexp' rather than _after_ it. | |
4048 | ||
c44da964 | 4049 | +++ |
9bae34bf | 4050 | ** Atomic change groups. |
c6de56a0 | 4051 | |
9bae34bf RS |
4052 | To perform some changes in the current buffer "atomically" so that |
4053 | they either all succeed or are all undone, use `atomic-change-group' | |
4054 | around the code that makes changes. For instance: | |
c6de56a0 | 4055 | |
9bae34bf RS |
4056 | (atomic-change-group |
4057 | (insert foo) | |
4058 | (delete-region x y)) | |
bf078377 | 4059 | |
9bae34bf RS |
4060 | If an error (or other nonlocal exit) occurs inside the body of |
4061 | `atomic-change-group', it unmakes all the changes in that buffer that | |
4062 | were during the execution of the body. The change group has no effect | |
4063 | on any other buffers--any such changes remain. | |
9c0fb8b9 | 4064 | |
9bae34bf RS |
4065 | If you need something more sophisticated, you can directly call the |
4066 | lower-level functions that `atomic-change-group' uses. Here is how. | |
51a8b435 | 4067 | |
9bae34bf RS |
4068 | To set up a change group for one buffer, call `prepare-change-group'. |
4069 | Specify the buffer as argument; it defaults to the current buffer. | |
4070 | This function returns a "handle" for the change group. You must save | |
4071 | the handle to activate the change group and then finish it. | |
c44da964 | 4072 | |
9bae34bf RS |
4073 | Before you change the buffer again, you must activate the change |
4074 | group. Pass the handle to `activate-change-group' afterward to | |
4075 | do this. | |
4076 | ||
4077 | After you make the changes, you must finish the change group. You can | |
4078 | either accept the changes or cancel them all. Call | |
4079 | `accept-change-group' to accept the changes in the group as final; | |
4080 | call `cancel-change-group' to undo them all. | |
4081 | ||
4082 | You should use `unwind-protect' to make sure the group is always | |
4083 | finished. The call to `activate-change-group' should be inside the | |
4084 | `unwind-protect', in case the user types C-g just after it runs. | |
4085 | (This is one reason why `prepare-change-group' and | |
4086 | `activate-change-group' are separate functions.) Once you finish the | |
4087 | group, don't use the handle again--don't try to finish the same group | |
4088 | twice. | |
4089 | ||
4090 | To make a multibuffer change group, call `prepare-change-group' once | |
4091 | for each buffer you want to cover, then use `nconc' to combine the | |
4092 | returned values, like this: | |
4093 | ||
4094 | (nconc (prepare-change-group buffer-1) | |
4095 | (prepare-change-group buffer-2)) | |
4096 | ||
4097 | You can then activate the multibuffer change group with a single call | |
4098 | to `activate-change-group', and finish it with a single call to | |
4099 | `accept-change-group' or `cancel-change-group'. | |
4100 | ||
4101 | Nested use of several change groups for the same buffer works as you | |
4102 | would expect. Non-nested use of change groups for the same buffer | |
4103 | will lead to undesirable results, so don't let it happen; the first | |
4104 | change group you start for any given buffer should be the last one | |
4105 | finished. | |
c44da964 RS |
4106 | |
4107 | ** Buffer-related changes: | |
4108 | ||
4109 | --- | |
4110 | *** `list-buffers-noselect' now takes an additional argument, BUFFER-LIST. | |
9bae34bf | 4111 | |
c44da964 RS |
4112 | If it is non-nil, it specifies which buffers to list. |
4113 | ||
4114 | +++ | |
4115 | *** `kill-buffer-hook' is now a permanent local. | |
4116 | ||
9bae34bf RS |
4117 | +++ |
4118 | *** The new function `buffer-local-value' returns the buffer-local | |
4119 | binding of VARIABLE (a symbol) in buffer BUFFER. If VARIABLE does not | |
4120 | have a buffer-local binding in buffer BUFFER, it returns the default | |
4121 | value of VARIABLE instead. | |
4122 | ||
f98dd4f8 RS |
4123 | *** The function `frame-or-buffer-changed-p' now lets you maintain |
4124 | various status records in parallel. | |
4125 | ||
f7735be5 | 4126 | It takes a variable (a symbol) as argument. If the variable is non-nil, |
f98dd4f8 RS |
4127 | then its value should be a vector installed previously by |
4128 | `frame-or-buffer-changed-p'. If the frame names, buffer names, buffer | |
4129 | order, or their read-only or modified flags have changed, since the | |
4130 | time the vector's contents were recorded by a previous call to | |
4131 | `frame-or-buffer-changed-p', then the function returns t. Otherwise | |
4132 | it returns nil. | |
4133 | ||
4134 | On the first call to `frame-or-buffer-changed-p', the variable's | |
4135 | value should be nil. `frame-or-buffer-changed-p' stores a suitable | |
4136 | vector into the variable and returns t. | |
4137 | ||
4138 | If the variable is itself nil, then `frame-or-buffer-changed-p' uses, | |
4139 | for compatibility, an internal variable which exists only for this | |
4140 | purpose. | |
4141 | ||
b6473e48 RF |
4142 | +++ |
4143 | *** The function `read-buffer' follows the convention for reading from | |
4144 | the minibuffer with a default value: if DEF is non-nil, the minibuffer | |
4145 | prompt provided in PROMPT is edited to show the default value provided | |
4146 | in DEF before the terminal colon and space. | |
4147 | ||
9bae34bf RS |
4148 | ** Searching and matching changes: |
4149 | ||
4150 | +++ | |
4151 | *** New function `looking-back' checks whether a regular expression matches | |
4152 | the text before point. Specifying the LIMIT argument bounds how far | |
4153 | back the match can start; this is a way to keep it from taking too long. | |
4154 | ||
4155 | +++ | |
4156 | *** The new variable `search-spaces-regexp' controls how to search | |
4157 | for spaces in a regular expression. If it is non-nil, it should be a | |
4158 | regular expression, and any series of spaces stands for that regular | |
4159 | expression. If it is nil, spaces stand for themselves. | |
4160 | ||
4161 | Spaces inside of constructs such as `[..]' and inside loops such as | |
4162 | `*', `+', and `?' are never replaced with `search-spaces-regexp'. | |
4163 | ||
4164 | +++ | |
4165 | *** New regular expression operators, `\_<' and `\_>'. | |
4166 | ||
4167 | These match the beginning and end of a symbol. A symbol is a | |
4168 | non-empty sequence of either word or symbol constituent characters, as | |
4169 | specified by the syntax table. | |
4170 | ||
4171 | --- | |
4172 | *** rx.el has new corresponding `symbol-end' and `symbol-start' elements. | |
4173 | ||
4174 | +++ | |
4175 | *** `skip-chars-forward' and `skip-chars-backward' now handle | |
4176 | character classes such as `[:alpha:]', along with individual | |
4177 | characters and ranges. | |
4178 | ||
4179 | --- | |
4180 | *** In `replace-match', the replacement text no longer inherits | |
4181 | properties from surrounding text. | |
c44da964 | 4182 | |
9bae34bf RS |
4183 | +++ |
4184 | *** The list returned by `(match-data t)' now has the buffer as a final | |
4185 | element, if the last match was on a buffer. `set-match-data' | |
4186 | accepts such a list for restoring the match state. | |
c44da964 | 4187 | |
b7aae902 KS |
4188 | +++ |
4189 | *** Functions `match-data' and `set-match-data' now have an optional | |
4190 | argument `reseat'. When non-nil, all markers in the match data list | |
f7735be5 | 4191 | passed to these functions will be reseated to point to nowhere. |
b7aae902 | 4192 | |
c44da964 | 4193 | +++ |
9bae34bf RS |
4194 | *** The default value of `sentence-end' is now defined using the new |
4195 | variable `sentence-end-without-space', which contains such characters | |
4196 | that end a sentence without following spaces. | |
4197 | ||
4198 | The function `sentence-end' should be used to obtain the value of the | |
4199 | variable `sentence-end'. If the variable `sentence-end' is nil, then | |
4200 | this function returns the regexp constructed from the variables | |
4201 | `sentence-end-without-period', `sentence-end-double-space' and | |
4202 | `sentence-end-without-space'. | |
c44da964 RS |
4203 | |
4204 | ** Undo changes: | |
4205 | ||
4206 | +++ | |
9bae34bf RS |
4207 | *** `buffer-undo-list' can allows programmable elements. |
4208 | ||
4209 | These elements have the form (apply FUNNAME . ARGS), where FUNNAME is | |
4210 | a symbol other than t or nil. That stands for a high-level change | |
4211 | that should be undone by evaluating (apply FUNNAME ARGS). | |
c44da964 RS |
4212 | |
4213 | These entries can also have the form (apply DELTA BEG END FUNNAME . ARGS) | |
4214 | which indicates that the change which took place was limited to the | |
4215 | range BEG...END and increased the buffer size by DELTA. | |
4216 | ||
4217 | +++ | |
4218 | *** If the buffer's undo list for the current command gets longer than | |
9bae34bf | 4219 | `undo-outer-limit', garbage collection empties it. This is to prevent |
c44da964 | 4220 | it from using up the available memory and choking Emacs. |
9c0fb8b9 | 4221 | |
51a8b435 | 4222 | +++ |
da9356b0 | 4223 | ** New `yank-handler' text property can be used to control how |
9bae34bf | 4224 | previously killed text on the kill ring is reinserted. |
c64a682c | 4225 | |
9bae34bf | 4226 | The value of the `yank-handler' property must be a list with one to four |
30b0da81 RS |
4227 | elements with the following format: |
4228 | (FUNCTION PARAM NOEXCLUDE UNDO). | |
c64a682c | 4229 | |
30b0da81 RS |
4230 | The `insert-for-yank' function looks for a yank-handler property on |
4231 | the first character on its string argument (typically the first | |
9bae34bf | 4232 | element on the kill-ring). If a `yank-handler' property is found, |
30b0da81 | 4233 | the normal behavior of `insert-for-yank' is modified in various ways: |
c6de56a0 | 4234 | |
30b0da81 RS |
4235 | When FUNCTION is present and non-nil, it is called instead of `insert' |
4236 | to insert the string. FUNCTION takes one argument--the object to insert. | |
4237 | If PARAM is present and non-nil, it replaces STRING as the object | |
4238 | passed to FUNCTION (or `insert'); for example, if FUNCTION is | |
4239 | `yank-rectangle', PARAM should be a list of strings to insert as a | |
4240 | rectangle. | |
4241 | If NOEXCLUDE is present and non-nil, the normal removal of the | |
9bae34bf | 4242 | `yank-excluded-properties' is not performed; instead FUNCTION is |
30b0da81 RS |
4243 | responsible for removing those properties. This may be necessary |
4244 | if FUNCTION adjusts point before or after inserting the object. | |
4245 | If UNDO is present and non-nil, it is a function that will be called | |
4246 | by `yank-pop' to undo the insertion of the current object. It is | |
4247 | called with two arguments, the start and end of the current region. | |
da9356b0 | 4248 | FUNCTION can set `yank-undo-function' to override the UNDO value. |
c6de56a0 | 4249 | |
9bae34bf RS |
4250 | *** The functions `kill-new', `kill-append', and `kill-region' now have an |
4251 | optional argument to specify the `yank-handler' text property to put on | |
30b0da81 | 4252 | the killed text. |
c6de56a0 | 4253 | |
9bae34bf RS |
4254 | *** The function `yank-pop' will now use a non-nil value of the variable |
4255 | `yank-undo-function' (instead of `delete-region') to undo the previous | |
4256 | `yank' or `yank-pop' command (or a call to `insert-for-yank'). The function | |
4257 | `insert-for-yank' automatically sets that variable according to the UNDO | |
4258 | element of the string argument's `yank-handler' text property if present. | |
c6de56a0 | 4259 | |
30b0da81 RS |
4260 | *** The function `insert-for-yank' now supports strings where the |
4261 | `yank-handler' property does not span the first character of the | |
4262 | string. The old behavior is available if you call | |
4263 | `insert-for-yank-1' instead. | |
c6de56a0 | 4264 | |
9bae34bf RS |
4265 | ** Syntax table changes: |
4266 | ||
4267 | +++ | |
4268 | *** The macro `with-syntax-table' no longer copies the syntax table. | |
4269 | ||
4270 | +++ | |
4271 | *** The new function `syntax-after' returns the syntax code | |
4272 | of the character after a specified buffer position, taking account | |
4273 | of text properties as well as the character code. | |
4274 | ||
4275 | +++ | |
4276 | *** `syntax-class' extracts the class of a syntax code (as returned | |
4277 | by `syntax-after'). | |
4278 | ||
f19b57e3 | 4279 | +++ |
679ce4d5 | 4280 | *** The new function `syntax-ppss' provides an efficient way to find the |
9bae34bf | 4281 | current syntactic context at point. |
c6de56a0 | 4282 | |
c44da964 | 4283 | ** File operation changes: |
5ceea398 | 4284 | |
c44da964 RS |
4285 | +++ |
4286 | *** New vars `exec-suffixes' and `load-suffixes' used when | |
9bae34bf | 4287 | searching for an executable or an Emacs Lisp file. |
5ceea398 | 4288 | |
51a8b435 | 4289 | +++ |
c44da964 RS |
4290 | *** The new primitive `set-file-times' sets a file's access and |
4291 | modification times. Magic file name handlers can handle this | |
4292 | operation. | |
052797a7 | 4293 | |
51a8b435 | 4294 | +++ |
c44da964 RS |
4295 | *** The new function `file-remote-p' tests a file name and returns |
4296 | non-nil if it specifies a remote file (one that Emacs accesses using | |
4297 | its own special methods and not directly through the file system). | |
4298 | The value in that case is an identifier for the remote file system. | |
30b0da81 | 4299 | |
c44da964 | 4300 | +++ |
9bae34bf RS |
4301 | *** `buffer-auto-save-file-format' is the new name for what was |
4302 | formerly called `auto-save-file-format'. It is now a permanent local. | |
c44da964 RS |
4303 | |
4304 | +++ | |
4305 | *** Functions `file-name-sans-extension' and `file-name-extension' now | |
4306 | ignore the leading dots in file names, so that file names such as | |
4307 | `.emacs' are treated as extensionless. | |
4308 | ||
c44da964 RS |
4309 | +++ |
4310 | *** `visited-file-modtime' and `calendar-time-from-absolute' now return | |
4311 | a list of two integers, instead of a cons. | |
4312 | ||
4313 | +++ | |
4314 | *** `file-chase-links' now takes an optional second argument LIMIT which | |
4315 | specifies the maximum number of links to chase through. If after that | |
4316 | many iterations the file name obtained is still a symbolic link, | |
4317 | `file-chase-links' returns it anyway. | |
4318 | ||
4319 | +++ | |
4320 | *** The new hook `before-save-hook' is invoked by `basic-save-buffer' | |
4321 | before saving buffers. This allows packages to perform various final | |
f7735be5 | 4322 | tasks. For example, it can be used by the copyright package to make |
c44da964 RS |
4323 | sure saved files have the current year in any copyright headers. |
4324 | ||
4325 | +++ | |
9bae34bf RS |
4326 | *** If `buffer-save-without-query' is non-nil in some buffer, |
4327 | `save-some-buffers' will always save that buffer without asking (if | |
4328 | it's modified). | |
c44da964 | 4329 | |
1de7674c | 4330 | +++ |
c44da964 RS |
4331 | *** New function `locate-file' searches for a file in a list of directories. |
4332 | `locate-file' accepts a name of a file to search (a string), and two | |
4333 | lists: a list of directories to search in and a list of suffixes to | |
4334 | try; typical usage might use `exec-path' and `load-path' for the list | |
4335 | of directories, and `exec-suffixes' and `load-suffixes' for the list | |
4336 | of suffixes. The function also accepts a predicate argument to | |
4337 | further filter candidate files. | |
4338 | ||
4339 | One advantage of using this function is that the list of suffixes in | |
4340 | `exec-suffixes' is OS-dependant, so this function will find | |
f7735be5 | 4341 | executables without polluting Lisp code with OS dependencies. |
c44da964 RS |
4342 | |
4343 | --- | |
9bae34bf RS |
4344 | *** The precedence of file name handlers has been changed. |
4345 | ||
4346 | Instead of choosing the first handler that matches, | |
4347 | `find-file-name-handler' now gives precedence to a file name handler | |
4348 | that matches nearest the end of the file name. More precisely, the | |
4349 | handler whose (match-beginning 0) is the largest is chosen. In case | |
4350 | of ties, the old "first matched" rule applies. | |
c44da964 RS |
4351 | |
4352 | +++ | |
4353 | *** A file name handler can declare which operations it handles. | |
4354 | ||
4355 | You do this by putting an `operation' property on the handler name | |
4356 | symbol. The property value should be a list of the operations that | |
4357 | the handler really handles. It won't be called for any other | |
4358 | operations. | |
4359 | ||
4360 | This is useful for autoloaded handlers, to prevent them from being | |
4361 | autoloaded when not really necessary. | |
4362 | ||
c1105d05 MA |
4363 | +++ |
4364 | *** The function `make-auto-save-file-name' is now handled by file | |
4365 | name handlers. This will be exploited for remote files mainly. | |
4366 | ||
c44da964 RS |
4367 | ** Input changes: |
4368 | ||
4369 | +++ | |
4370 | *** An interactive specification can now use the code letter 'U' to get | |
4371 | the up-event that was discarded in case the last key sequence read for a | |
9bae34bf | 4372 | previous `k' or `K' argument was a down-event; otherwise nil is used. |
c44da964 RS |
4373 | |
4374 | +++ | |
4375 | *** The new interactive-specification `G' reads a file name | |
4376 | much like `F', but if the input is a directory name (even defaulted), | |
4377 | it returns just the directory name. | |
4378 | ||
4379 | --- | |
9bae34bf | 4380 | *** Functions `y-or-n-p', `read-char', `read-key-sequence' and the like, that |
c44da964 RS |
4381 | display a prompt but don't use the minibuffer, now display the prompt |
4382 | using the text properties (esp. the face) of the prompt string. | |
4383 | ||
4384 | +++ | |
4385 | *** (while-no-input BODY...) runs BODY, but only so long as no input | |
4386 | arrives. If the user types or clicks anything, BODY stops as if a | |
9bae34bf | 4387 | quit had occurred. `while-no-input' returns the value of BODY, if BODY |
f98dd4f8 RS |
4388 | finishes. It returns nil if BODY was aborted by a quit, and t if |
4389 | BODY was aborted by arrival of input. | |
c44da964 RS |
4390 | |
4391 | ** Minibuffer changes: | |
4392 | ||
9bae34bf | 4393 | +++ |
c44da964 RS |
4394 | *** The new function `minibufferp' returns non-nil if its optional |
4395 | buffer argument is a minibuffer. If the argument is omitted, it | |
4396 | defaults to the current buffer. | |
4397 | ||
4398 | +++ | |
9bae34bf | 4399 | *** New function `minibuffer-selected-window' returns the window which |
c44da964 RS |
4400 | was selected when entering the minibuffer. |
4401 | ||
c44da964 RS |
4402 | +++ |
4403 | *** The `read-file-name' function now takes an additional argument which | |
679ce4d5 | 4404 | specifies a predicate which the file name read must satisfy. The |
c44da964 RS |
4405 | new variable `read-file-name-predicate' contains the predicate argument |
4406 | while reading the file name from the minibuffer; the predicate in this | |
4407 | variable is used by read-file-name-internal to filter the completion list. | |
4408 | ||
4409 | --- | |
9bae34bf RS |
4410 | *** The new variable `read-file-name-function' can be used by Lisp code |
4411 | to override the built-in `read-file-name' function. | |
c44da964 RS |
4412 | |
4413 | +++ | |
4414 | *** The new variable `read-file-name-completion-ignore-case' specifies | |
4415 | whether completion ignores case when reading a file name with the | |
4416 | `read-file-name' function. | |
4417 | ||
4418 | +++ | |
f7735be5 | 4419 | *** The new function `read-directory-name' is for reading a directory name. |
c44da964 | 4420 | |
9bae34bf RS |
4421 | It is like `read-file-name' except that the defaulting works better |
4422 | for directories, and completion inside it shows only directories. | |
c44da964 | 4423 | |
06e95e65 JL |
4424 | +++ |
4425 | *** The new variable `history-add-new-input' specifies whether to add new | |
4426 | elements in history. If set to nil, minibuffer reading functions don't | |
4427 | add new elements to the history list, so it is possible to do this | |
4428 | afterwards by calling `add-to-history' explicitly. | |
4429 | ||
9bae34bf | 4430 | ** Completion changes: |
c44da964 | 4431 | |
8aaba1c9 JL |
4432 | +++ |
4433 | *** The new function `minibuffer-completion-contents' returns the contents | |
4434 | of the minibuffer just before point. That is what completion commands | |
4435 | operate on. | |
4436 | ||
c44da964 | 4437 | +++ |
9bae34bf RS |
4438 | *** The functions `all-completions' and `try-completion' now accept lists |
4439 | of strings as well as hash-tables additionally to alists, obarrays | |
4440 | and functions. Furthermore, the function `test-completion' is now | |
4441 | exported to Lisp. The keys in alists and hash tables can be either | |
4442 | strings or symbols, which are automatically converted with to strings. | |
c44da964 RS |
4443 | |
4444 | +++ | |
9bae34bf RS |
4445 | *** The new macro `dynamic-completion-table' supports using functions |
4446 | as a dynamic completion table. | |
c44da964 | 4447 | |
9bae34bf | 4448 | (dynamic-completion-table FUN) |
c44da964 | 4449 | |
9bae34bf RS |
4450 | FUN is called with one argument, the string for which completion is required, |
4451 | and it should return an alist containing all the intended possible | |
4452 | completions. This alist can be a full list of possible completions so that FUN | |
4453 | can ignore the value of its argument. If completion is performed in the | |
4454 | minibuffer, FUN will be called in the buffer from which the minibuffer was | |
4455 | entered. `dynamic-completion-table' then computes the completion. | |
c44da964 RS |
4456 | |
4457 | +++ | |
9bae34bf RS |
4458 | *** The new macro `lazy-completion-table' initializes a variable |
4459 | as a lazy completion table. | |
c44da964 | 4460 | |
29f93de3 | 4461 | (lazy-completion-table VAR FUN) |
c44da964 | 4462 | |
9bae34bf | 4463 | If the completion table VAR is used for the first time (e.g., by passing VAR |
29f93de3 SM |
4464 | as an argument to `try-completion'), the function FUN is called with no |
4465 | arguments. FUN must return the completion table that will be stored in VAR. | |
4466 | If completion is requested in the minibuffer, FUN will be called in the buffer | |
4467 | from which the minibuffer was entered. The return value of | |
9bae34bf | 4468 | `lazy-completion-table' must be used to initialize the value of VAR. |
c44da964 RS |
4469 | |
4470 | +++ | |
4471 | ** Enhancements to keymaps. | |
4472 | ||
1101d5df EZ |
4473 | *** New keymaps for typing file names |
4474 | ||
4475 | Two new keymaps, `minibuffer-local-filename-completion-map' and | |
4476 | `minibuffer-local-must-match-filename-map', apply whenever | |
4477 | Emacs reads a file name in the minibuffer. These key maps override | |
4478 | the usual binding of SPC to `minibuffer-complete-word' (so that file | |
4479 | names with embedded spaces could be typed without the need to quote | |
4480 | the spaces). | |
4481 | ||
c44da964 RS |
4482 | *** Cleaner way to enter key sequences. |
4483 | ||
4484 | You can enter a constant key sequence in a more natural format, the | |
4485 | same one used for saving keyboard macros, using the macro `kbd'. For | |
4486 | example, | |
4487 | ||
4488 | (kbd "C-x C-f") => "\^x\^f" | |
4489 | ||
4490 | *** Interactive commands can be remapped through keymaps. | |
4491 | ||
9bae34bf | 4492 | This is an alternative to using `defadvice' or `substitute-key-definition' |
c44da964 RS |
4493 | to modify the behavior of a key binding using the normal keymap |
4494 | binding and lookup functionality. | |
4495 | ||
4496 | When a key sequence is bound to a command, and that command is | |
4497 | remapped to another command, that command is run instead of the | |
4498 | original command. | |
4499 | ||
4500 | Example: | |
9bae34bf RS |
4501 | Suppose that minor mode `my-mode' has defined the commands |
4502 | `my-kill-line' and `my-kill-word', and it wants C-k (and any other key | |
4503 | bound to `kill-line') to run the command `my-kill-line' instead of | |
4504 | `kill-line', and likewise it wants to run `my-kill-word' instead of | |
4505 | `kill-word'. | |
c44da964 RS |
4506 | |
4507 | Instead of rebinding C-k and the other keys in the minor mode map, | |
9bae34bf RS |
4508 | command remapping allows you to directly map `kill-line' into |
4509 | `my-kill-line' and `kill-word' into `my-kill-word' using `define-key': | |
c44da964 RS |
4510 | |
4511 | (define-key my-mode-map [remap kill-line] 'my-kill-line) | |
4512 | (define-key my-mode-map [remap kill-word] 'my-kill-word) | |
4513 | ||
9bae34bf RS |
4514 | When `my-mode' is enabled, its minor mode keymap is enabled too. So |
4515 | when the user types C-k, that runs the command `my-kill-line'. | |
c44da964 | 4516 | |
9bae34bf RS |
4517 | Only one level of remapping is supported. In the above example, this |
4518 | means that if `my-kill-line' is remapped to `other-kill', then C-k still | |
4519 | runs `my-kill-line'. | |
c44da964 RS |
4520 | |
4521 | The following changes have been made to provide command remapping: | |
4522 | ||
4523 | - Command remappings are defined using `define-key' with a prefix-key | |
4524 | `remap', i.e. `(define-key MAP [remap CMD] DEF)' remaps command CMD | |
4525 | to definition DEF in keymap MAP. The definition is not limited to | |
4526 | another command; it can be anything accepted for a normal binding. | |
4527 | ||
4528 | - The new function `command-remapping' returns the binding for a | |
4529 | remapped command in the current keymaps, or nil if not remapped. | |
4530 | ||
9bae34bf | 4531 | - `key-binding' now remaps interactive commands unless the optional |
c44da964 RS |
4532 | third argument NO-REMAP is non-nil. |
4533 | ||
9bae34bf RS |
4534 | - `where-is-internal' now returns nil for a remapped command (e.g. |
4535 | `kill-line', when `my-mode' is enabled), and the actual key binding for | |
c44da964 RS |
4536 | the command it is remapped to (e.g. C-k for my-kill-line). |
4537 | It also has a new optional fifth argument, NO-REMAP, which inhibits | |
9bae34bf RS |
4538 | remapping if non-nil (e.g. it returns "C-k" for `kill-line', and |
4539 | "<kill-line>" for `my-kill-line'). | |
c44da964 RS |
4540 | |
4541 | - The new variable `this-original-command' contains the original | |
4542 | command before remapping. It is equal to `this-command' when the | |
4543 | command was not remapped. | |
4544 | ||
4545 | *** If text has a `keymap' property, that keymap takes precedence | |
4546 | over minor mode keymaps. | |
4547 | ||
4548 | *** The `keymap' property now also works at the ends of overlays and | |
9bae34bf | 4549 | text properties, according to their stickiness. This also means that it |
c44da964 RS |
4550 | works with empty overlays. The same hold for the `local-map' property. |
4551 | ||
4552 | *** Dense keymaps now handle inheritance correctly. | |
9bae34bf | 4553 | |
c44da964 RS |
4554 | Previously a dense keymap would hide all of the simple-char key |
4555 | bindings of the parent keymap. | |
4556 | ||
4557 | *** `define-key-after' now accepts keys longer than 1. | |
4558 | ||
4559 | *** New function `current-active-maps' returns a list of currently | |
4560 | active keymaps. | |
4561 | ||
4562 | *** New function `describe-buffer-bindings' inserts the list of all | |
4563 | defined keys and their definitions. | |
4564 | ||
9bae34bf | 4565 | *** New function `keymap-prompt' returns the prompt string of a keymap. |
c44da964 RS |
4566 | |
4567 | *** (map-keymap FUNCTION KEYMAP) applies the function to each binding | |
4568 | in the keymap. | |
4569 | ||
9bae34bf | 4570 | *** New variable `emulation-mode-map-alists'. |
c44da964 RS |
4571 | |
4572 | Lisp packages using many minor mode keymaps can now maintain their own | |
9bae34bf RS |
4573 | keymap alist separate from `minor-mode-map-alist' by adding their |
4574 | keymap alist to this list. | |
c44da964 | 4575 | |
9bae34bf | 4576 | ** Abbrev changes: |
c44da964 | 4577 | |
9bae34bf RS |
4578 | +++ |
4579 | *** The new function `copy-abbrev-table' copies an abbrev table. | |
c44da964 | 4580 | |
9bae34bf | 4581 | It returns a new abbrev table that is a copy of a given abbrev table. |
c44da964 | 4582 | |
9bae34bf RS |
4583 | +++ |
4584 | *** `define-abbrev' now accepts an optional argument SYSTEM-FLAG. | |
c44da964 | 4585 | |
9bae34bf RS |
4586 | If non-nil, this marks the abbrev as a "system" abbrev, which means |
4587 | that it won't be stored in the user's abbrevs file if he saves the | |
4588 | abbrevs. Major modes that predefine some abbrevs should always | |
4589 | specify this flag. | |
c44da964 RS |
4590 | |
4591 | +++ | |
4592 | ** Enhancements to process support | |
4593 | ||
9bae34bf RS |
4594 | *** Function `list-processes' now has an optional argument; if non-nil, |
4595 | it lists only the processes whose query-on-exit flag is set. | |
30b0da81 | 4596 | |
9bae34bf | 4597 | *** New fns `set-process-query-on-exit-flag' and `process-query-on-exit-flag'. |
30b0da81 | 4598 | |
9bae34bf RS |
4599 | These replace the old function `process-kill-without-query'. That |
4600 | function is still supported, but new code should use the new | |
4601 | functions. | |
4602 | ||
4603 | *** Function `signal-process' now accepts a process object or process | |
2c7a8f63 | 4604 | name in addition to a process id to identify the signaled process. |
30b0da81 RS |
4605 | |
4606 | *** Processes now have an associated property list where programs can | |
4607 | maintain process state and other per-process related information. | |
4608 | ||
9bae34bf RS |
4609 | Use the new functions `process-get' and `process-put' to access, add, |
4610 | and modify elements on this property list. Use the new functions | |
4611 | `process-plist' and `set-process-plist' to access and replace the | |
4612 | entire property list of a process. | |
052797a7 | 4613 | |
9bae34bf RS |
4614 | *** Function `accept-process-output' has a new optional fourth arg |
4615 | JUST-THIS-ONE. If non-nil, only output from the specified process | |
30b0da81 RS |
4616 | is handled, suspending output from other processes. If value is an |
4617 | integer, also inhibit running timers. This feature is generally not | |
4618 | recommended, but may be necessary for specific applications, such as | |
4619 | speech synthesis. | |
211a9f6b | 4620 | |
30b0da81 | 4621 | *** Adaptive read buffering of subprocess output. |
eb67c5d6 | 4622 | |
30b0da81 RS |
4623 | On some systems, when emacs reads the output from a subprocess, the |
4624 | output data is read in very small blocks, potentially resulting in | |
4625 | very poor performance. This behavior can be remedied to some extent | |
9bae34bf | 4626 | by setting the new variable `process-adaptive-read-buffering' to a |
30b0da81 | 4627 | non-nil value (the default), as it will automatically delay reading |
f7735be5 | 4628 | from such processes, allowing them to produce more output before |
30b0da81 | 4629 | emacs tries to read it. |
b0ada147 | 4630 | |
c44da964 RS |
4631 | *** The new function `call-process-shell-command'. |
4632 | ||
1bef8597 | 4633 | This executes a shell command synchronously in a separate process. |
32d0a9dc | 4634 | |
30b0da81 RS |
4635 | *** The new function `process-file' is similar to `call-process', but |
4636 | obeys file handlers. The file handler is chosen based on | |
c44da964 | 4637 | `default-directory'. |
ce4254bd | 4638 | |
9bae34bf RS |
4639 | *** A process filter function gets the output as multibyte string |
4640 | if the process specifies t for its filter's multibyteness. | |
4641 | ||
4642 | That multibyteness is decided by the value of | |
4643 | `default-enable-multibyte-characters' when the process is created, and | |
4644 | you can change it later with `set-process-filter-multibyte'. | |
ce4254bd | 4645 | |
c44da964 RS |
4646 | *** The new function `set-process-filter-multibyte' sets the |
4647 | multibyteness of the strings passed to the process's filter. | |
4648 | ||
4649 | *** The new function `process-filter-multibyte-p' returns the | |
4650 | multibyteness of the strings passed to the process's filter. | |
4651 | ||
4652 | *** If a process's coding system is `raw-text' or `no-conversion' and its | |
ce4254bd KH |
4653 | buffer is multibyte, the output of the process is at first converted |
4654 | to multibyte by `string-to-multibyte' then inserted in the buffer. | |
4655 | Previously, it was converted to multibyte by `string-as-multibyte', | |
4e07258f | 4656 | which was not compatible with the behavior of file reading. |
ce4254bd | 4657 | |
e50886d3 | 4658 | +++ |
30b0da81 | 4659 | ** Enhanced networking support. |
b08d5f59 | 4660 | |
9bae34bf RS |
4661 | *** The new `make-network-process' function makes network connections. |
4662 | It allows opening of stream and datagram connections to a server, as well as | |
30b0da81 | 4663 | create a stream or datagram server inside emacs. |
6eed9bed | 4664 | |
30b0da81 RS |
4665 | - A server is started using :server t arg. |
4666 | - Datagram connection is selected using :type 'datagram arg. | |
4667 | - A server can open on a random port using :service t arg. | |
4668 | - Local sockets are supported using :family 'local arg. | |
8a5db8ae KS |
4669 | - IPv6 is supported (when available). You may explicitly select IPv6 |
4670 | using :family 'ipv6 arg. | |
30b0da81 | 4671 | - Non-blocking connect is supported using :nowait t arg. |
da9356b0 | 4672 | - The process' property list can be initialized using :plist PLIST arg; |
30b0da81 RS |
4673 | a copy of the server process' property list is automatically inherited |
4674 | by new client processes created to handle incoming connections. | |
b6c2aa59 | 4675 | |
30b0da81 RS |
4676 | To test for the availability of a given feature, use featurep like this: |
4677 | (featurep 'make-network-process '(:type datagram)) | |
8a5db8ae | 4678 | (featurep 'make-network-process '(:family ipv6)) |
175573ac | 4679 | |
7404c0d4 | 4680 | *** The old `open-network-stream' now uses `make-network-process'. |
2155ecf3 | 4681 | |
7404c0d4 | 4682 | *** New functions `process-datagram-address', `set-process-datagram-address'. |
f08830d2 | 4683 | |
30b0da81 RS |
4684 | These functions are used with datagram-based network processes to get |
4685 | and set the current address of the remote partner. | |
c60ee5e7 | 4686 | |
7404c0d4 | 4687 | *** New function `format-network-address'. |
e50886d3 | 4688 | |
7404c0d4 | 4689 | This function reformats the Lisp representation of a network address |
30b0da81 RS |
4690 | to a printable string. For example, an IP address A.B.C.D and port |
4691 | number P is represented as a five element vector [A B C D P], and the | |
4692 | printable string returned for this vector is "A.B.C.D:P". See the doc | |
4693 | string for other formatting options. | |
a4ac5b17 | 4694 | |
a61d42f1 RS |
4695 | *** `process-contact' has an optional KEY argument. |
4696 | ||
4697 | Depending on this argument, you can get the complete list of network | |
4698 | process properties or a specific property. Using :local or :remote as | |
4699 | the KEY, you get the address of the local or remote end-point. | |
9252f7bc | 4700 | |
a61d42f1 RS |
4701 | An Inet address is represented as a 5 element vector, where the first |
4702 | 4 elements contain the IP address and the fifth is the port number. | |
56011a8c | 4703 | |
a61d42f1 | 4704 | *** New functions `stop-process' and `continue-process'. |
d2d70cb6 | 4705 | |
a61d42f1 RS |
4706 | These functions stop and restart communication through a network |
4707 | connection. For a server process, no connections are accepted in the | |
4708 | stopped state. For a client process, no input is received in the | |
4709 | stopped state. | |
4710 | ||
4711 | *** New function `network-interface-list'. | |
d2d70cb6 | 4712 | |
30b0da81 RS |
4713 | This function returns a list of network interface names and their |
4714 | current network addresses. | |
d2d70cb6 | 4715 | |
a61d42f1 | 4716 | *** New function `network-interface-info'. |
d2d70cb6 | 4717 | |
30b0da81 RS |
4718 | This function returns the network address, hardware address, current |
4719 | status, and other information about a specific network interface. | |
e50886d3 | 4720 | |
a61d42f1 RS |
4721 | *** Deleting a network process with `delete-process' calls the sentinel. |
4722 | ||
4723 | The status message passed to the sentinel for a deleted network | |
4724 | process is "deleted". The message passed to the sentinel when the | |
4725 | connection is closed by the remote peer has been changed to | |
4726 | "connection broken by remote peer". | |
3116d142 | 4727 | |
c44da964 | 4728 | ** Using window objects: |
7c3cb37d | 4729 | |
21beb82f | 4730 | +++ |
c44da964 | 4731 | *** New function `window-body-height'. |
add89676 | 4732 | |
c44da964 RS |
4733 | This is like `window-height' but does not count the mode line or the |
4734 | header line. | |
add89676 | 4735 | |
2cb72935 RS |
4736 | +++ |
4737 | *** You can now make a window as short as one line. | |
4738 | ||
4739 | A window that is just one line tall does not display either a mode | |
4740 | line or a header line, even if the variables `mode-line-format' and | |
4741 | `header-line-format' call for them. A window that is two lines tall | |
4742 | cannot display both a mode line and a header line at once; if the | |
4743 | variables call for both, only the mode line actually appears. | |
4744 | ||
30b0da81 | 4745 | +++ |
2cb72935 | 4746 | *** The new function `window-inside-edges' returns the edges of the |
30b0da81 RS |
4747 | actual text portion of the window, not including the scroll bar or |
4748 | divider line, the fringes, the display margins, the header line and | |
4749 | the mode line. | |
3bd7a6ed | 4750 | |
30b0da81 | 4751 | +++ |
2cb72935 | 4752 | *** The new functions `window-pixel-edges' and `window-inside-pixel-edges' |
30b0da81 | 4753 | return window edges in units of pixels, rather than columns and lines. |
3bd7a6ed | 4754 | |
e50886d3 | 4755 | +++ |
2cb72935 | 4756 | *** The new macro `with-selected-window' temporarily switches the |
c44da964 | 4757 | selected window without impacting the order of `buffer-list'. |
df13531d | 4758 | It saves and restores the current buffer, too. |
02ce3e80 | 4759 | |
30b0da81 | 4760 | +++ |
a61d42f1 | 4761 | *** `select-window' takes an optional second argument NORECORD. |
c44da964 RS |
4762 | |
4763 | This is like `switch-to-buffer'. | |
fc2938d1 | 4764 | |
e50886d3 | 4765 | +++ |
2cb72935 | 4766 | *** `save-selected-window' now saves and restores the selected window |
30b0da81 | 4767 | of every frame. This way, it restores everything that can be changed |
df13531d RS |
4768 | by calling `select-window'. It also saves and restores the current |
4769 | buffer. | |
79fab26b | 4770 | |
c5e0561f | 4771 | +++ |
c44da964 RS |
4772 | *** `set-window-buffer' has an optional argument KEEP-MARGINS. |
4773 | ||
4774 | If non-nil, that says to preserve the window's current margin, fringe, | |
4775 | and scroll-bar settings. | |
56592beb | 4776 | |
51369542 | 4777 | +++ |
7cf7e30f | 4778 | *** The new function `window-tree' returns a frame's window tree. |
51369542 | 4779 | |
b3910238 SM |
4780 | +++ |
4781 | *** The functions `get-lru-window' and `get-largest-window' take an optional | |
4782 | argument `dedicated'. If non-nil, those functions do not ignore | |
4783 | dedicated windows. | |
4784 | ||
161ef3be RS |
4785 | +++ |
4786 | *** The new function `adjust-window-trailing-edge' moves the right | |
4787 | or bottom edge of a window. It does not move other window edges. | |
4788 | ||
e50886d3 | 4789 | +++ |
30b0da81 | 4790 | ** Customizable fringe bitmaps |
a7bd9dc7 | 4791 | |
49af2995 KS |
4792 | *** New buffer-local variables `fringe-indicator-alist' and |
4793 | `fringe-cursor-alist' maps between logical (internal) fringe indicator | |
4794 | and cursor symbols and the actual fringe bitmaps to be displayed. | |
4795 | This decouples the logical meaning of the fringe indicators from the | |
679ce4d5 | 4796 | physical appearance, as well as allowing different fringe bitmaps to |
49af2995 KS |
4797 | be used in different windows showing different buffers. |
4798 | ||
c44da964 | 4799 | *** New function `define-fringe-bitmap' can now be used to create new |
30b0da81 | 4800 | fringe bitmaps, as well as change the built-in fringe bitmaps. |
1c6576ab | 4801 | |
30b0da81 | 4802 | To change a built-in bitmap, do (require 'fringe) and use the symbol |
679ce4d5 | 4803 | identifying the bitmap such as `left-truncation' or `continued-line'. |
2b6bb1f2 | 4804 | |
c44da964 RS |
4805 | *** New function `destroy-fringe-bitmap' deletes a fringe bitmap |
4806 | or restores a built-in one to its default value. | |
cc305a60 | 4807 | |
a61d42f1 RS |
4808 | *** New function `set-fringe-bitmap-face' specifies the face to be |
4809 | used for a specific fringe bitmap. The face is automatically merged | |
4810 | with the `fringe' face, so normally, the face should only specify the | |
4811 | foreground color of the bitmap. | |
2b6bb1f2 | 4812 | |
a61d42f1 | 4813 | *** There are new display properties, `left-fringe' and `right-fringe', |
30b0da81 RS |
4814 | that can be used to show a specific bitmap in the left or right fringe |
4815 | bitmap of the display line. | |
2b6bb1f2 | 4816 | |
c44da964 | 4817 | Format is `display (left-fringe BITMAP [FACE])', where BITMAP is a |
30b0da81 RS |
4818 | symbol identifying a fringe bitmap, either built-in or defined with |
4819 | `define-fringe-bitmap', and FACE is an optional face name to be used | |
4820 | for displaying the bitmap instead of the default `fringe' face. | |
4821 | When specified, FACE is automatically merged with the `fringe' face. | |
4822 | ||
4823 | *** New function `fringe-bitmaps-at-pos' returns the current fringe | |
4824 | bitmaps in the display line at a given buffer position. | |
2b6bb1f2 | 4825 | |
c44da964 RS |
4826 | ** Other window fringe features: |
4827 | ||
c5e0561f | 4828 | +++ |
c44da964 | 4829 | *** Controlling the default left and right fringe widths. |
2b6bb1f2 | 4830 | |
6f8968c8 KS |
4831 | The default left and right fringe widths for all windows of a frame |
4832 | can now be controlled by setting the `left-fringe' and `right-fringe' | |
4833 | frame parameters to an integer value specifying the width in pixels. | |
4834 | Setting the width to 0 effectively removes the corresponding fringe. | |
2b6bb1f2 | 4835 | |
6f8968c8 KS |
4836 | The actual default fringe widths for the frame may deviate from the |
4837 | specified widths, since the combined fringe widths must match an | |
4838 | integral number of columns. The extra width is distributed evenly | |
f7735be5 | 4839 | between the left and right fringe. To force a specific fringe width, |
6f8968c8 KS |
4840 | specify the width as a negative integer (if both widths are negative, |
4841 | only the left fringe gets the specified width). | |
2b6bb1f2 RS |
4842 | |
4843 | Setting the width to nil (the default), restores the default fringe | |
4844 | width which is the minimum number of pixels necessary to display any | |
4845 | of the currently defined fringe bitmaps. The width of the built-in | |
4846 | fringe bitmaps is 8 pixels. | |
4847 | ||
c5e0561f | 4848 | +++ |
c44da964 | 4849 | *** Per-window fringe and scrollbar settings |
6f8968c8 | 4850 | |
c44da964 | 4851 | **** Windows can now have their own individual fringe widths and |
30b0da81 | 4852 | position settings. |
6f8968c8 KS |
4853 | |
4854 | To control the fringe widths of a window, either set the buffer-local | |
4855 | variables `left-fringe-width', `right-fringe-width', or call | |
4856 | `set-window-fringes'. | |
4857 | ||
4858 | To control the fringe position in a window, that is, whether fringes | |
4859 | are positioned between the display margins and the window's text area, | |
4860 | or at the edges of the window, either set the buffer-local variable | |
4861 | `fringes-outside-margins' or call `set-window-fringes'. | |
4862 | ||
4863 | The function `window-fringes' can be used to obtain the current | |
4864 | settings. To make `left-fringe-width', `right-fringe-width', and | |
4865 | `fringes-outside-margins' take effect, you must set them before | |
4866 | displaying the buffer in a window, or use `set-window-buffer' to force | |
4867 | an update of the display margins. | |
4868 | ||
c44da964 | 4869 | **** Windows can now have their own individual scroll-bar settings |
6f8968c8 KS |
4870 | controlling the width and position of scroll-bars. |
4871 | ||
c44da964 RS |
4872 | To control the scroll-bar of a window, either set the buffer-local |
4873 | variables `scroll-bar-mode' and `scroll-bar-width', or call | |
4874 | `set-window-scroll-bars'. The function `window-scroll-bars' can be | |
4875 | used to obtain the current settings. To make `scroll-bar-mode' and | |
4876 | `scroll-bar-width' take effect, you must set them before displaying | |
4877 | the buffer in a window, or use `set-window-buffer' to force an update | |
4878 | of the display margins. | |
93607efd | 4879 | |
c44da964 | 4880 | ** Redisplay features: |
93607efd | 4881 | |
30b0da81 | 4882 | +++ |
c44da964 | 4883 | *** `sit-for' can now be called with args (SECONDS &optional NODISP). |
93607efd | 4884 | |
1bb32610 KS |
4885 | +++ |
4886 | *** `sit-for' called with a negative SECONDS value now forces an | |
4887 | immediate redisplay even if input is pending. | |
4888 | ||
30b0da81 | 4889 | +++ |
c44da964 RS |
4890 | *** New function `force-window-update' can initiate a full redisplay of |
4891 | one or all windows. Normally, this is not needed as changes in window | |
4892 | contents are detected automatically. However, certain implicit | |
4893 | changes to mode lines, header lines, or display properties may require | |
4894 | forcing an explicit window update. | |
93607efd | 4895 | |
30b0da81 | 4896 | +++ |
c44da964 | 4897 | *** (char-displayable-p CHAR) returns non-nil if Emacs ought to be able |
30b0da81 RS |
4898 | to display CHAR. More precisely, if the selected frame's fontset has |
4899 | a font to display the character set that CHAR belongs to. | |
93607efd | 4900 | |
30b0da81 | 4901 | Fontsets can specify a font on a per-character basis; when the fontset |
da9356b0 | 4902 | does that, this value cannot be accurate. |
93607efd | 4903 | |
30b0da81 | 4904 | +++ |
c44da964 RS |
4905 | *** You can define multiple overlay arrows via the new |
4906 | variable `overlay-arrow-variable-list'. | |
93607efd | 4907 | |
679ce4d5 | 4908 | It contains a list of variables which contain overlay arrow position |
c44da964 | 4909 | markers, including the original `overlay-arrow-position' variable. |
93607efd | 4910 | |
c44da964 RS |
4911 | Each variable on this list can have individual `overlay-arrow-string' |
4912 | and `overlay-arrow-bitmap' properties that specify an overlay arrow | |
4913 | string (for non-window terminals) or fringe bitmap (for window | |
4914 | systems) to display at the corresponding overlay arrow position. | |
4915 | If either property is not set, the default `overlay-arrow-string' or | |
4916 | 'overlay-arrow-fringe-bitmap' will be used. | |
3f21fb3a | 4917 | |
30b0da81 | 4918 | +++ |
c44da964 | 4919 | *** New `line-height' and `line-spacing' properties for newline characters |
3f21fb3a | 4920 | |
c44da964 RS |
4921 | A newline can now have `line-height' and `line-spacing' text or overlay |
4922 | properties that control the height of the corresponding display row. | |
108eaabb | 4923 | |
c44da964 RS |
4924 | If the `line-height' property value is t, the newline does not |
4925 | contribute to the height of the display row; instead the height of the | |
4926 | newline glyph is reduced. Also, a `line-spacing' property on this | |
4927 | newline is ignored. This can be used to tile small images or image | |
4928 | slices without adding blank areas between the images. | |
108eaabb | 4929 | |
c44da964 RS |
4930 | If the `line-height' property value is a positive integer, the value |
4931 | specifies the minimum line height in pixels. If necessary, the line | |
4932 | height it increased by increasing the line's ascent. | |
108eaabb | 4933 | |
c44da964 RS |
4934 | If the `line-height' property value is a float, the minimum line |
4935 | height is calculated by multiplying the default frame line height by | |
4936 | the given value. | |
108eaabb | 4937 | |
c44da964 RS |
4938 | If the `line-height' property value is a cons (FACE . RATIO), the |
4939 | minimum line height is calculated as RATIO * height of named FACE. | |
4940 | RATIO is int or float. If FACE is t, it specifies the current face. | |
108eaabb | 4941 | |
c44da964 RS |
4942 | If the `line-height' property value is a cons (nil . RATIO), the line |
4943 | height is calculated as RATIO * actual height of the line's contents. | |
108eaabb | 4944 | |
c44da964 RS |
4945 | If the `line-height' value is a cons (HEIGHT . TOTAL), HEIGHT specifies |
4946 | the line height as described above, while TOTAL is any of the forms | |
4947 | described above and specifies the total height of the line, causing a | |
4948 | varying number of pixels to be inserted after the line to make it line | |
4949 | exactly that many pixels high. | |
108eaabb | 4950 | |
c44da964 RS |
4951 | If the `line-spacing' property value is an positive integer, the value |
4952 | is used as additional pixels to insert after the display line; this | |
4953 | overrides the default frame `line-spacing' and any buffer local value of | |
4954 | the `line-spacing' variable. | |
108eaabb | 4955 | |
c44da964 RS |
4956 | If the `line-spacing' property is a float or cons, the line spacing |
4957 | is calculated as specified above for the `line-height' property. | |
108eaabb | 4958 | |
30b0da81 | 4959 | +++ |
a61d42f1 | 4960 | *** The buffer local `line-spacing' variable can now have a float value, |
c44da964 | 4961 | which is used as a height relative to the default frame line height. |
108eaabb | 4962 | |
30b0da81 | 4963 | +++ |
c44da964 | 4964 | *** Enhancements to stretch display properties |
108eaabb | 4965 | |
c44da964 | 4966 | The display property stretch specification form `(space PROPS)', where |
f7735be5 | 4967 | PROPS is a property list, now allows pixel based width and height |
c44da964 | 4968 | specifications, as well as enhanced horizontal text alignment. |
f17c0a19 | 4969 | |
c44da964 RS |
4970 | The value of these properties can now be a (primitive) expression |
4971 | which is evaluated during redisplay. The following expressions | |
4972 | are supported: | |
f17c0a19 | 4973 | |
c44da964 RS |
4974 | EXPR ::= NUM | (NUM) | UNIT | ELEM | POS | IMAGE | FORM |
4975 | NUM ::= INTEGER | FLOAT | SYMBOL | |
4976 | UNIT ::= in | mm | cm | width | height | |
4977 | ELEM ::= left-fringe | right-fringe | left-margin | right-margin | |
4978 | | scroll-bar | text | |
4979 | POS ::= left | center | right | |
4980 | FORM ::= (NUM . EXPR) | (OP EXPR ...) | |
4981 | OP ::= + | - | |
f17c0a19 | 4982 | |
c44da964 RS |
4983 | The form `NUM' specifies a fractional width or height of the default |
4984 | frame font size. The form `(NUM)' specifies an absolute number of | |
4985 | pixels. If a symbol is specified, its buffer-local variable binding | |
4986 | is used. The `in', `mm', and `cm' units specifies the number of | |
4987 | pixels per inch, milli-meter, and centi-meter, resp. The `width' and | |
4988 | `height' units correspond to the width and height of the current face | |
4989 | font. An image specification corresponds to the width or height of | |
4990 | the image. | |
d9f7eb77 | 4991 | |
c44da964 RS |
4992 | The `left-fringe', `right-fringe', `left-margin', `right-margin', |
4993 | `scroll-bar', and `text' elements specify to the width of the | |
4994 | corresponding area of the window. | |
d9f7eb77 | 4995 | |
c44da964 RS |
4996 | The `left', `center', and `right' positions can be used with :align-to |
4997 | to specify a position relative to the left edge, center, or right edge | |
4998 | of the text area. One of the above window elements (except `text') | |
4999 | can also be used with :align-to to specify that the position is | |
5000 | relative to the left edge of the given area. Once the base offset for | |
5001 | a relative position has been set (by the first occurrence of one of | |
679ce4d5 | 5002 | these symbols), further occurrences of these symbols are interpreted as |
c44da964 | 5003 | the width of the area. |
d278091b | 5004 | |
c44da964 RS |
5005 | For example, to align to the center of the left-margin, use |
5006 | :align-to (+ left-margin (0.5 . left-margin)) | |
18232c16 | 5007 | |
c44da964 RS |
5008 | If no specific base offset is set for alignment, it is always relative |
5009 | to the left edge of the text area. For example, :align-to 0 in a | |
a61d42f1 | 5010 | header line aligns with the first text column in the text area. |
18232c16 | 5011 | |
c44da964 RS |
5012 | The value of the form `(NUM . EXPR)' is the value of NUM multiplied by |
5013 | the value of the expression EXPR. For example, (2 . in) specifies a | |
5014 | width of 2 inches, while (0.5 . IMAGE) specifies half the width (or | |
5015 | height) of the specified image. | |
d278091b | 5016 | |
c44da964 RS |
5017 | The form `(+ EXPR ...)' adds up the value of the expressions. |
5018 | The form `(- EXPR ...)' negates or subtracts the value of the expressions. | |
d278091b | 5019 | |
30b0da81 | 5020 | +++ |
c44da964 RS |
5021 | *** Normally, the cursor is displayed at the end of any overlay and |
5022 | text property string that may be present at the current window | |
5023 | position. The cursor can now be placed on any character of such | |
5024 | strings by giving that character a non-nil `cursor' text property. | |
18232c16 | 5025 | |
0e7d7aae | 5026 | +++ |
c44da964 RS |
5027 | *** The display space :width and :align-to text properties are now |
5028 | supported on text terminals. | |
18232c16 | 5029 | |
30b0da81 | 5030 | +++ |
c44da964 | 5031 | *** Support for displaying image slices |
18232c16 | 5032 | |
c44da964 RS |
5033 | **** New display property (slice X Y WIDTH HEIGHT) can be used with |
5034 | an image property to display only a specific slice of the image. | |
18232c16 | 5035 | |
a61d42f1 | 5036 | **** Function `insert-image' has new optional fourth arg to |
c44da964 | 5037 | specify image slice (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT). |
18232c16 | 5038 | |
a61d42f1 | 5039 | **** New function `insert-sliced-image' inserts a given image as a |
c44da964 | 5040 | specified number of evenly sized slices (rows x columns). |
18232c16 | 5041 | |
a775dff4 | 5042 | +++ |
c44da964 | 5043 | *** Images can now have an associated image map via the :map property. |
18232c16 | 5044 | |
c44da964 RS |
5045 | An image map is an alist where each element has the format (AREA ID PLIST). |
5046 | An AREA is specified as either a rectangle, a circle, or a polygon: | |
5047 | A rectangle is a cons (rect . ((X0 . Y0) . (X1 . Y1))) specifying the | |
5048 | pixel coordinates of the upper left and bottom right corners. | |
5049 | A circle is a cons (circle . ((X0 . Y0) . R)) specifying the center | |
5050 | and the radius of the circle; R can be a float or integer. | |
5051 | A polygon is a cons (poly . [X0 Y0 X1 Y1 ...]) where each pair in the | |
5052 | vector describes one corner in the polygon. | |
11ef2a3b | 5053 | |
c44da964 RS |
5054 | When the mouse pointer is above a hot-spot area of an image, the |
5055 | PLIST of that hot-spot is consulted; if it contains a `help-echo' | |
5056 | property it defines a tool-tip for the hot-spot, and if it contains | |
5057 | a `pointer' property, it defines the shape of the mouse cursor when | |
a61d42f1 | 5058 | it is over the hot-spot. See the variable `void-area-text-pointer' |
c44da964 | 5059 | for possible pointer shapes. |
11ef2a3b | 5060 | |
c44da964 RS |
5061 | When you click the mouse when the mouse pointer is over a hot-spot, |
5062 | an event is composed by combining the ID of the hot-spot with the | |
5063 | mouse event, e.g. [area4 mouse-1] if the hot-spot's ID is `area4'. | |
7e07a66d | 5064 | |
979f56ac CY |
5065 | +++ |
5066 | *** The function `find-image' now searches in etc/images/ and etc/. | |
5067 | The new variable `image-load-path' is a list of locations in which to | |
5068 | search for image files. The default is to search in etc/images, then | |
5069 | in etc/, and finally in the directories specified by `load-path'. | |
5070 | Subdirectories of etc/ and etc/images are not recursively searched; if | |
5071 | you put an image file in a subdirectory, you have to specify it | |
5072 | explicitly; for example, if an image is put in etc/images/foo/bar.xpm: | |
5073 | ||
5074 | (defimage foo-image '((:type xpm :file "foo/bar.xpm"))) | |
5075 | ||
d5b08376 BW |
5076 | Note that all images formerly located in the lisp directory have been |
5077 | moved to etc/images. | |
5078 | ||
5079 | +++ | |
5080 | *** New function `image-load-path-for-library' returns a suitable | |
5081 | search path for images relative to library. This function is useful in | |
5082 | external packages to save users from having to update | |
5083 | `image-load-path'. | |
5084 | ||
436a2ccd | 5085 | +++ |
b5572755 KS |
5086 | *** The new variable `max-image-size' defines the maximum size of |
5087 | images that Emacs will load and display. | |
436a2ccd | 5088 | |
c44da964 | 5089 | ** Mouse pointer features: |
3d619ea1 | 5090 | |
c44da964 RS |
5091 | +++ (lispref) |
5092 | ??? (man) | |
5093 | *** The mouse pointer shape in void text areas (i.e. after the end of a | |
5094 | line or below the last line in the buffer) of the text window is now | |
5095 | controlled by the new variable `void-text-area-pointer'. The default | |
5096 | is to use the `arrow' (non-text) pointer. Other choices are `text' | |
5097 | (or nil), `hand', `vdrag', `hdrag', `modeline', and `hourglass'. | |
3d619ea1 | 5098 | |
85df292e | 5099 | +++ |
c44da964 RS |
5100 | *** The mouse pointer shape over an image can now be controlled by the |
5101 | :pointer image property. | |
a0a23346 | 5102 | |
f6537e03 | 5103 | +++ |
c44da964 | 5104 | *** The mouse pointer shape over ordinary text or images can now be |
679ce4d5 | 5105 | controlled/overridden via the `pointer' text property. |
15aeeda5 | 5106 | |
c44da964 | 5107 | ** Mouse event enhancements: |
15aeeda5 | 5108 | |
30b0da81 | 5109 | +++ |
a61d42f1 RS |
5110 | *** Mouse events for clicks on window fringes now specify `left-fringe' |
5111 | or `right-fringe' as the area. | |
e519464c | 5112 | |
30b0da81 | 5113 | +++ |
a61d42f1 RS |
5114 | *** All mouse events now include a buffer position regardless of where |
5115 | you clicked. For mouse clicks in window margins and fringes, this is | |
5116 | a sensible buffer position corresponding to the surrounding text. | |
e519464c | 5117 | |
30b0da81 | 5118 | +++ |
a61d42f1 | 5119 | *** `posn-point' now returns buffer position for non-text area events. |
31e0fbdd | 5120 | |
30b0da81 | 5121 | +++ |
a61d42f1 | 5122 | *** Function `mouse-set-point' now works for events outside text area. |
31e0fbdd | 5123 | |
f6537e03 | 5124 | +++ |
c44da964 RS |
5125 | *** New function `posn-area' returns window area clicked on (nil means |
5126 | text area). | |
1e892206 | 5127 | |
30b0da81 | 5128 | +++ |
a61d42f1 RS |
5129 | *** Mouse events include actual glyph column and row for all event types |
5130 | and all areas. | |
1e892206 | 5131 | |
30b0da81 | 5132 | +++ |
a61d42f1 RS |
5133 | *** New function `posn-actual-col-row' returns the actual glyph coordinates |
5134 | of the mouse event position. | |
1e892206 | 5135 | |
c44da964 | 5136 | +++ |
a61d42f1 | 5137 | *** Mouse events can now indicate an image object clicked on. |
60a501d7 | 5138 | |
c44da964 | 5139 | +++ |
a61d42f1 | 5140 | *** Mouse events include relative X and Y pixel coordinates relative to |
c44da964 | 5141 | the top left corner of the object (image or character) clicked on. |
fd13a3cc | 5142 | |
c44da964 RS |
5143 | +++ |
5144 | *** Mouse events include the pixel width and height of the object | |
5145 | (image or character) clicked on. | |
fd13a3cc | 5146 | |
c44da964 | 5147 | +++ |
a61d42f1 RS |
5148 | *** New functions 'posn-object', 'posn-object-x-y', 'posn-object-width-height'. |
5149 | ||
5150 | These return the image or string object of a mouse click, the X and Y | |
5151 | pixel coordinates relative to the top left corner of that object, and | |
5152 | the total width and height of that object. | |
fd13a3cc | 5153 | |
c44da964 | 5154 | ** Text property and overlay changes: |
8e9e520b | 5155 | |
c44da964 | 5156 | +++ |
a61d42f1 RS |
5157 | *** Arguments for `remove-overlays' are now optional, so that you can |
5158 | remove all overlays in the buffer with just (remove-overlays). | |
30b0da81 | 5159 | |
c44da964 | 5160 | +++ |
a61d42f1 | 5161 | *** New variable `char-property-alias-alist'. |
30b0da81 | 5162 | |
c44da964 RS |
5163 | This variable allows you to create alternative names for text |
5164 | properties. It works at the same level as `default-text-properties', | |
5165 | although it applies to overlays as well. This variable was introduced | |
5166 | to implement the `font-lock-face' property. | |
30b0da81 RS |
5167 | |
5168 | +++ | |
c44da964 RS |
5169 | *** New function `get-char-property-and-overlay' accepts the same |
5170 | arguments as `get-char-property' and returns a cons whose car is the | |
5171 | return value of `get-char-property' called with those arguments and | |
5172 | whose cdr is the overlay in which the property was found, or nil if | |
5173 | it was found as a text property or not found at all. | |
fd13a3cc | 5174 | |
30b0da81 | 5175 | +++ |
a61d42f1 RS |
5176 | *** The new function `remove-list-of-text-properties'. |
5177 | ||
5178 | It is like `remove-text-properties' except that it takes a list of | |
5179 | property names as argument rather than a property list. | |
8e9e520b | 5180 | |
c44da964 | 5181 | ** Face changes |
fd13a3cc | 5182 | |
2f294ab8 CY |
5183 | +++ |
5184 | *** The variable `facemenu-unlisted-faces' has been removed. | |
5185 | Emacs has a lot more faces than in the past, and nearly all of them | |
5186 | needed to be excluded. The new variable `facemenu-listed-faces' lists | |
5187 | the faces to include in the face menu. | |
5188 | ||
30b0da81 | 5189 | +++ |
c44da964 RS |
5190 | *** The new face attribute condition `min-colors' can be used to tailor |
5191 | the face color to the number of colors supported by a display, and | |
5192 | define the foreground and background colors accordingly so that they | |
5193 | look best on a terminal that supports at least this many colors. This | |
5194 | is now the preferred method for defining default faces in a way that | |
5195 | makes a good use of the capabilities of the display. | |
fd13a3cc | 5196 | |
c44da964 | 5197 | +++ |
a61d42f1 | 5198 | *** New function `display-supports-face-attributes-p' can be used to test |
c44da964 | 5199 | whether a given set of face attributes is actually displayable. |
fd13a3cc | 5200 | |
c44da964 RS |
5201 | A new predicate `supports' has also been added to the `defface' face |
5202 | specification language, which can be used to do this test for faces | |
a61d42f1 | 5203 | defined with `defface'. |
fd13a3cc | 5204 | |
30b0da81 | 5205 | --- |
c44da964 RS |
5206 | *** The special treatment of faces whose names are of the form `fg:COLOR' |
5207 | or `bg:COLOR' has been removed. Lisp programs should use the | |
5208 | `defface' facility for defining faces with specific colors, or use | |
5209 | the feature of specifying the face attributes :foreground and :background | |
5210 | directly in the `face' property instead of using a named face. | |
205f1dde | 5211 | |
30b0da81 | 5212 | +++ |
c44da964 RS |
5213 | *** The first face specification element in a defface can specify |
5214 | `default' instead of frame classification. Then its attributes act as | |
5215 | defaults that apply to all the subsequent cases (and can be overridden | |
5216 | by them). | |
205f1dde | 5217 | |
c44da964 RS |
5218 | +++ |
5219 | *** The variable `face-font-rescale-alist' specifies how much larger | |
5220 | (or smaller) font we should use. For instance, if the value is | |
5221 | '((SOME-FONTNAME-PATTERN . 1.3)) and a face requests a font of 10 | |
5222 | point, we actually use a font of 13 point if the font matches | |
5223 | SOME-FONTNAME-PATTERN. | |
205f1dde | 5224 | |
30b0da81 | 5225 | --- |
c44da964 RS |
5226 | *** The function `face-differs-from-default-p' now truly checks |
5227 | whether the given face displays differently from the default face or | |
5228 | not (previously it did only a very cursory check). | |
205f1dde | 5229 | |
f6537e03 | 5230 | +++ |
a61d42f1 RS |
5231 | *** `face-attribute', `face-foreground', `face-background', `face-stipple'. |
5232 | ||
5233 | These now accept a new optional argument, INHERIT, which controls how | |
5234 | face inheritance is used when determining the value of a face | |
5235 | attribute. | |
6ba3d6bc | 5236 | |
f6537e03 | 5237 | +++ |
c44da964 RS |
5238 | *** New functions `face-attribute-relative-p' and `merge-face-attribute' |
5239 | help with handling relative face attributes. | |
9ade4a7d | 5240 | |
f6537e03 | 5241 | +++ |
c44da964 | 5242 | *** The priority of faces in an :inherit attribute face list is reversed. |
3bdb7f80 | 5243 | |
c44da964 RS |
5244 | If a face contains an :inherit attribute with a list of faces, earlier |
5245 | faces in the list override later faces in the list; in previous | |
5246 | releases of Emacs, the order was the opposite. This change was made | |
5247 | so that :inherit face lists operate identically to face lists in text | |
5248 | `face' properties. | |
4e3dd7cf | 5249 | |
16691d29 JL |
5250 | --- |
5251 | *** On terminals, faces with the :inverse-video attribute are displayed | |
5252 | with swapped foreground and background colors even when one of them is | |
5253 | not specified. In previous releases of Emacs, if either foreground | |
5254 | or background color was unspecified, colors were not swapped. This | |
5255 | was inconsistent with the face behavior under X. | |
5256 | ||
f6537e03 | 5257 | --- |
c44da964 RS |
5258 | *** `set-fontset-font', `fontset-info', `fontset-font' now operate on |
5259 | the default fontset if the argument NAME is nil.. | |
f6078b98 | 5260 | |
c44da964 | 5261 | ** Font-Lock changes: |
f6078b98 | 5262 | |
0e7d7aae | 5263 | +++ |
c44da964 | 5264 | *** New special text property `font-lock-face'. |
f6078b98 | 5265 | |
c44da964 RS |
5266 | This property acts like the `face' property, but it is controlled by |
5267 | M-x font-lock-mode. It is not, strictly speaking, a builtin text | |
5268 | property. Instead, it is implemented inside font-core.el, using the | |
5269 | new variable `char-property-alias-alist'. | |
2a1e884e | 5270 | |
30b0da81 | 5271 | +++ |
c44da964 | 5272 | *** font-lock can manage arbitrary text-properties beside `face'. |
2a1e884e | 5273 | |
a61d42f1 | 5274 | **** the FACENAME returned in `font-lock-keywords' can be a list of the |
c44da964 RS |
5275 | form (face FACE PROP1 VAL1 PROP2 VAL2 ...) so you can set other |
5276 | properties than `face'. | |
2a1e884e | 5277 | |
a61d42f1 | 5278 | **** `font-lock-extra-managed-props' can be set to make sure those |
c44da964 | 5279 | extra properties are automatically cleaned up by font-lock. |
30b0da81 RS |
5280 | |
5281 | --- | |
c44da964 | 5282 | *** jit-lock obeys a new text-property `jit-lock-defer-multiline'. |
596d02bc | 5283 | |
c44da964 RS |
5284 | If a piece of text with that property gets contextually refontified |
5285 | (see `jit-lock-defer-contextually'), then all of that text will | |
5286 | be refontified. This is useful when the syntax of a textual element | |
5287 | depends on text several lines further down (and when `font-lock-multiline' | |
5288 | is not appropriate to solve that problem). For example in Perl: | |
596d02bc | 5289 | |
c44da964 RS |
5290 | s{ |
5291 | foo | |
5292 | }{ | |
5293 | bar | |
5294 | }e | |
d33c4505 | 5295 | |
c44da964 RS |
5296 | Adding/removing the last `e' changes the `bar' from being a piece of |
5297 | text to being a piece of code, so you'd put a `jit-lock-defer-multiline' | |
5298 | property over the second half of the command to force (deferred) | |
5299 | refontification of `bar' whenever the `e' is added/removed. | |
21b6d966 | 5300 | |
c44da964 | 5301 | ** Major mode mechanism changes: |
21b6d966 | 5302 | |
9f89426b | 5303 | +++ |
c44da964 RS |
5304 | *** `set-auto-mode' now gives the interpreter magic line (if present) |
5305 | precedence over the file name. Likewise an `<?xml' or `<!DOCTYPE' | |
5306 | declaration will give the buffer XML or SGML mode, based on the new | |
f7735be5 | 5307 | variable `magic-mode-alist'. |
9f89426b | 5308 | |
0e7d7aae | 5309 | +++ |
a61d42f1 RS |
5310 | *** Use the new function `run-mode-hooks' to run the major mode's mode hook. |
5311 | ||
5312 | +++ | |
5313 | *** All major mode functions should now run the new normal hook | |
5314 | `after-change-major-mode-hook', at their very end, after the mode | |
5315 | hooks. `run-mode-hooks' does this automatically. | |
9356fe5a | 5316 | |
c44da964 RS |
5317 | --- |
5318 | *** If a major mode function has a non-nil `no-clone-indirect' | |
5319 | property, `clone-indirect-buffer' signals an error if you use | |
5320 | it in that buffer. | |
4f4fada2 | 5321 | |
30b0da81 | 5322 | +++ |
c44da964 RS |
5323 | *** Major modes can define `eldoc-documentation-function' |
5324 | locally to provide Eldoc functionality by some method appropriate to | |
5325 | the language. | |
4f4fada2 | 5326 | |
c4f59bcf | 5327 | +++ |
c44da964 RS |
5328 | *** `define-derived-mode' by default creates a new empty abbrev table. |
5329 | It does not copy abbrevs from the parent mode's abbrev table. | |
c4f59bcf | 5330 | |
75e20bec | 5331 | +++ |
c44da964 RS |
5332 | *** The new function `run-mode-hooks' and the new macro `delay-mode-hooks' |
5333 | are used by `define-derived-mode' to make sure the mode hook for the | |
5334 | parent mode is run at the end of the child mode. | |
75e20bec | 5335 | |
c44da964 | 5336 | ** Minor mode changes: |
e0c124ce | 5337 | |
bc3b02f9 | 5338 | +++ |
c44da964 RS |
5339 | *** `define-minor-mode' now accepts arbitrary additional keyword arguments |
5340 | and simply passes them to `defcustom', if applicable. | |
bc3b02f9 | 5341 | |
5df034de | 5342 | +++ |
c44da964 | 5343 | *** `minor-mode-list' now holds a list of minor mode commands. |
5df034de | 5344 | |
a61d42f1 | 5345 | +++ |
c44da964 | 5346 | *** `define-global-minor-mode'. |
1c6576ab | 5347 | |
c44da964 RS |
5348 | This is a new name for what was formerly called |
5349 | `easy-mmode-define-global-mode'. The old name remains as an alias. | |
f67cc62e | 5350 | |
c44da964 | 5351 | ** Command loop changes: |
f67cc62e | 5352 | |
30b0da81 | 5353 | +++ |
c44da964 | 5354 | *** The new function `called-interactively-p' does what many people |
a61d42f1 RS |
5355 | have mistakenly believed `interactive-p' to do: it returns t if the |
5356 | calling function was called through `call-interactively'. | |
5357 | ||
5358 | Only use this when you cannot solve the problem by adding a new | |
c44da964 | 5359 | INTERACTIVE argument to the command. |
6710ea06 | 5360 | |
a775dff4 | 5361 | +++ |
c44da964 | 5362 | *** The function `commandp' takes an additional optional argument. |
16927a56 | 5363 | |
c44da964 RS |
5364 | If it is non-nil, then `commandp' checks for a function that could be |
5365 | called with `call-interactively', and does not return t for keyboard | |
5366 | macros. | |
30b0da81 | 5367 | |
51a8b435 | 5368 | +++ |
c44da964 RS |
5369 | *** When a command returns, the command loop moves point out from |
5370 | within invisible text, in the same way it moves out from within text | |
5371 | covered by an image or composition property. | |
16927a56 | 5372 | |
c44da964 RS |
5373 | This makes it generally unnecessary to mark invisible text as intangible. |
5374 | This is particularly good because the intangible property often has | |
5375 | unexpected side-effects since the property applies to everything | |
5376 | (including `goto-char', ...) whereas this new code is only run after | |
5377 | `post-command-hook' and thus does not care about intermediate states. | |
8727d588 | 5378 | |
30b0da81 | 5379 | +++ |
c44da964 RS |
5380 | *** If a command sets `transient-mark-mode' to `only', that |
5381 | enables Transient Mark mode for the following command only. | |
5382 | During that following command, the value of `transient-mark-mode' | |
5383 | is `identity'. If it is still `identity' at the end of the command, | |
5384 | the next return to the command loop changes to nil. | |
1c1d3d69 | 5385 | |
30b0da81 | 5386 | +++ |
c44da964 RS |
5387 | *** Both the variable and the function `disabled-command-hook' have |
5388 | been renamed to `disabled-command-function'. The variable | |
5389 | `disabled-command-hook' has been kept as an obsolete alias. | |
1c1d3d69 | 5390 | |
bcdf2143 | 5391 | +++ |
c44da964 RS |
5392 | *** `emacsserver' now runs `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook' |
5393 | when it receives a request from emacsclient. | |
bcdf2143 | 5394 | |
c44da964 | 5395 | ** Lisp file loading changes: |
406c0f12 | 5396 | |
c44da964 RS |
5397 | +++ |
5398 | *** `load-history' can now have elements of the form (t . FUNNAME), | |
5399 | which means FUNNAME was previously defined as an autoload (before the | |
5400 | current file redefined it). | |
0df7a0b6 | 5401 | |
51a8b435 | 5402 | +++ |
c44da964 RS |
5403 | *** `load-history' now records (defun . FUNNAME) when a function is |
5404 | defined. For a variable, it records just the variable name. | |
8e8223e2 | 5405 | |
51a8b435 | 5406 | +++ |
a61d42f1 RS |
5407 | *** The function `symbol-file' can now search specifically for function, |
5408 | variable or face definitions. | |
0ec6b206 | 5409 | |
51a8b435 | 5410 | +++ |
c44da964 RS |
5411 | *** `provide' and `featurep' now accept an optional second argument |
5412 | to test/provide subfeatures. Also `provide' now checks `after-load-alist' | |
5413 | and runs any code associated with the provided feature. | |
30b0da81 | 5414 | |
c44da964 RS |
5415 | --- |
5416 | *** The variable `recursive-load-depth-limit' has been deleted. | |
5417 | Emacs now signals an error if the same file is loaded with more | |
5418 | than 3 levels of nesting. | |
7c3cb37d | 5419 | |
a7bd9dc7 | 5420 | +++ |
c44da964 | 5421 | ** Byte compiler changes: |
8e8223e2 | 5422 | |
a61d42f1 | 5423 | *** The byte compiler now displays the actual line and character |
c44da964 | 5424 | position of errors, where possible. Additionally, the form of its |
a61d42f1 RS |
5425 | warning and error messages have been brought into line with GNU standards |
5426 | for these. As a result, you can use next-error and friends on the | |
5427 | compilation output buffer. | |
202082d3 | 5428 | |
c44da964 RS |
5429 | *** The new macro `with-no-warnings' suppresses all compiler warnings |
5430 | inside its body. In terms of execution, it is equivalent to `progn'. | |
5431 | ||
5432 | *** You can avoid warnings for possibly-undefined symbols with a | |
5433 | simple convention that the compiler understands. (This is mostly | |
5434 | useful in code meant to be portable to different Emacs versions.) | |
5435 | Write forms like the following, or code that macroexpands into such | |
5436 | forms: | |
5437 | ||
5438 | (if (fboundp 'foo) <then> <else>) | |
5439 | (if (boundp 'foo) <then> <else) | |
5440 | ||
5441 | In the first case, using `foo' as a function inside the <then> form | |
5442 | won't produce a warning if it's not defined as a function, and in the | |
5443 | second case, using `foo' as a variable won't produce a warning if it's | |
5444 | unbound. The test must be in exactly one of the above forms (after | |
5445 | macro expansion), but such tests can be nested. Note that `when' and | |
5446 | `unless' expand to `if', but `cond' doesn't. | |
5447 | ||
5448 | *** `(featurep 'xemacs)' is treated by the compiler as nil. This | |
5449 | helps to avoid noisy compiler warnings in code meant to run under both | |
5450 | Emacs and XEmacs and can sometimes make the result significantly more | |
5451 | efficient. Since byte code from recent versions of XEmacs won't | |
5452 | generally run in Emacs and vice versa, this optimization doesn't lose | |
5453 | you anything. | |
5454 | ||
7404c0d4 | 5455 | *** The local variable `no-byte-compile' in Lisp files is now obeyed. |
c44da964 RS |
5456 | |
5457 | --- | |
5458 | *** When a Lisp file uses CL functions at run-time, compiling the file | |
5459 | now issues warnings about these calls, unless the file performs | |
5460 | (require 'cl) when loaded. | |
5461 | ||
5462 | ** Frame operations: | |
63ca0a6e | 5463 | |
30b0da81 | 5464 | +++ |
c44da964 | 5465 | *** New functions `frame-current-scroll-bars' and `window-current-scroll-bars'. |
30b0da81 RS |
5466 | |
5467 | These functions return the current locations of the vertical and | |
5468 | horizontal scroll bars in a frame or window. | |
30de4b24 | 5469 | |
51a8b435 | 5470 | +++ |
c44da964 RS |
5471 | *** The new function `modify-all-frames-parameters' modifies parameters |
5472 | for all (existing and future) frames. | |
30de4b24 | 5473 | |
51a8b435 | 5474 | +++ |
c44da964 RS |
5475 | *** The new frame parameter `tty-color-mode' specifies the mode to use |
5476 | for color support on character terminal frames. Its value can be a | |
5477 | number of colors to support, or a symbol. See the Emacs Lisp | |
5478 | Reference manual for more detailed documentation. | |
1c6576ab | 5479 | |
51a8b435 | 5480 | +++ |
c44da964 RS |
5481 | *** When using non-toolkit scroll bars with the default width, |
5482 | the `scroll-bar-width' frame parameter value is nil. | |
026f408d | 5483 | |
c44da964 | 5484 | ** Mule changes: |
026f408d | 5485 | |
51a8b435 | 5486 | +++ |
c44da964 | 5487 | *** Already true in Emacs 21.1, but not emphasized clearly enough: |
026f408d | 5488 | |
c44da964 RS |
5489 | Multibyte buffers can now faithfully record all 256 character codes |
5490 | from 0 to 255. As a result, most of the past reasons to use unibyte | |
5491 | buffers no longer exist. We only know of three reasons to use them | |
5492 | now: | |
6c0b2643 | 5493 | |
c44da964 | 5494 | 1. If you prefer to use unibyte text all of the time. |
6c0b2643 | 5495 | |
c44da964 RS |
5496 | 2. For reading files into temporary buffers, when you want to avoid |
5497 | the time it takes to convert the format. | |
6c0b2643 | 5498 | |
c44da964 RS |
5499 | 3. For binary files where format conversion would be pointless and |
5500 | wasteful. | |
32ebbc3a | 5501 | |
c44da964 | 5502 | --- |
a61d42f1 | 5503 | *** `set-buffer-file-coding-system' now takes an additional argument, |
c44da964 | 5504 | NOMODIFY. If it is non-nil, it means don't mark the buffer modified. |
6c0b2643 | 5505 | |
30b0da81 | 5506 | +++ |
c44da964 RS |
5507 | *** The new variable `auto-coding-functions' lets you specify functions |
5508 | to examine a file being visited and deduce the proper coding system | |
5509 | for it. (If the coding system is detected incorrectly for a specific | |
5510 | file, you can put a `coding:' tags to override it.) | |
6c0b2643 | 5511 | |
30b0da81 | 5512 | --- |
c44da964 RS |
5513 | *** The new function `merge-coding-systems' fills in unspecified aspects |
5514 | of one coding system from another coding system. | |
6c0b2643 | 5515 | |
c44da964 RS |
5516 | --- |
5517 | *** New coding system property `mime-text-unsuitable' indicates that | |
5518 | the coding system's `mime-charset' is not suitable for MIME text | |
5519 | parts, e.g. utf-16. | |
ace64e0a | 5520 | |
51a8b435 | 5521 | +++ |
c44da964 RS |
5522 | *** New function `decode-coding-inserted-region' decodes a region as if |
5523 | it is read from a file without decoding. | |
123ac55e | 5524 | |
c44da964 RS |
5525 | --- |
5526 | *** New CCL functions `lookup-character' and `lookup-integer' access | |
5527 | hash tables defined by the Lisp function `define-translation-hash-table'. | |
0b559506 | 5528 | |
c44da964 | 5529 | --- |
a61d42f1 | 5530 | *** New function `quail-find-key' returns a list of keys to type in the |
c44da964 | 5531 | current input method to input a character. |
6b3daede | 5532 | |
c44da964 | 5533 | ** Mode line changes: |
c94472fc | 5534 | |
a775dff4 | 5535 | +++ |
c44da964 | 5536 | *** New function `format-mode-line'. |
f24485f1 | 5537 | |
a61d42f1 | 5538 | This returns the mode line or header line of the selected (or a |
c44da964 | 5539 | specified) window as a string with or without text properties. |
30de4b24 | 5540 | |
f60a6f87 | 5541 | +++ |
c44da964 RS |
5542 | *** The new mode-line construct `(:propertize ELT PROPS...)' can be |
5543 | used to add text properties to mode-line elements. | |
71c88486 | 5544 | |
30b0da81 | 5545 | +++ |
c44da964 RS |
5546 | *** The new `%i' and `%I' constructs for `mode-line-format' can be used |
5547 | to display the size of the accessible part of the buffer on the mode | |
5548 | line. | |
30b0da81 | 5549 | |
a6b017c9 | 5550 | +++ |
86270ecf | 5551 | *** Mouse-face on mode-line (and header-line) is now supported. |
b1ffef12 | 5552 | |
c44da964 | 5553 | ** Menu manipulation changes: |
30b0da81 | 5554 | |
c44da964 RS |
5555 | --- |
5556 | *** To manipulate the File menu using easy-menu, you must specify the | |
5557 | proper name "file". In previous Emacs versions, you had to specify | |
5558 | "files", even though the menu item itself was changed to say "File" | |
5559 | several versions ago. | |
71c88486 | 5560 | |
c44da964 RS |
5561 | --- |
5562 | *** The dummy function keys made by easy-menu are now always lower case. | |
5563 | If you specify the menu item name "Ada", for instance, it uses `ada' | |
5564 | as the "key" bound by that key binding. | |
30de4b24 | 5565 | |
c44da964 RS |
5566 | This is relevant only if Lisp code looks for the bindings that were |
5567 | made with easy-menu. | |
ffe5000a | 5568 | |
f60a6f87 | 5569 | --- |
c44da964 RS |
5570 | *** `easy-menu-define' now allows you to use nil for the symbol name |
5571 | if you don't need to give the menu a name. If you install the menu | |
5572 | into other keymaps right away (MAPS is non-nil), it usually doesn't | |
5573 | need to have a name. | |
5574 | ||
5575 | ** Operating system access: | |
c494f663 | 5576 | |
85df292e | 5577 | +++ |
c44da964 RS |
5578 | *** The new primitive `get-internal-run-time' returns the processor |
5579 | run time used by Emacs since start-up. | |
4e3dd7cf | 5580 | |
c44da964 RS |
5581 | +++ |
5582 | *** Functions `user-uid' and `user-real-uid' now return floats if the | |
5583 | user UID doesn't fit in a Lisp integer. Function `user-full-name' | |
5584 | accepts a float as UID parameter. | |
30b0da81 | 5585 | |
c44da964 RS |
5586 | +++ |
5587 | *** New function `locale-info' accesses locale information. | |
30b0da81 | 5588 | |
c44da964 RS |
5589 | --- |
5590 | *** On MS Windows, locale-coding-system is used to interact with the OS. | |
5591 | The Windows specific variable w32-system-coding-system, which was | |
5592 | formerly used for that purpose is now an alias for locale-coding-system. | |
30b0da81 | 5593 | |
c44da964 RS |
5594 | --- |
5595 | *** New function `redirect-debugging-output' can be used to redirect | |
5596 | debugging output on the stderr file handle to a file. | |
5597 | ||
5598 | ** Miscellaneous: | |
30b0da81 RS |
5599 | |
5600 | +++ | |
c44da964 | 5601 | *** A number of hooks have been renamed to better follow the conventions: |
30b0da81 | 5602 | |
a61d42f1 RS |
5603 | `find-file-hooks' to `find-file-hook', |
5604 | `find-file-not-found-hooks' to `find-file-not-found-functions', | |
5605 | `write-file-hooks' to `write-file-functions', | |
5606 | `write-contents-hooks' to `write-contents-functions', | |
5607 | `x-lost-selection-hooks' to `x-lost-selection-functions', | |
5608 | `x-sent-selection-hooks' to `x-sent-selection-functions', | |
5609 | `delete-frame-hook' to `delete-frame-functions'. | |
30b0da81 | 5610 | |
c44da964 | 5611 | In each case the old name remains as an alias for the moment. |
30b0da81 | 5612 | |
c44da964 | 5613 | +++ |
f7735be5 | 5614 | *** Variable `local-write-file-hooks' is marked obsolete. |
c44da964 RS |
5615 | |
5616 | Use the LOCAL arg of `add-hook'. | |
30b0da81 RS |
5617 | |
5618 | --- | |
c44da964 RS |
5619 | *** New function `x-send-client-message' sends a client message when |
5620 | running under X. | |
9bae34bf RS |
5621 | |
5622 | ** GC changes: | |
5623 | ||
dd44836c SM |
5624 | +++ |
5625 | *** New variable `gc-cons-percentage' automatically grows the GC cons threshold | |
290e4707 SS |
5626 | as the heap size increases. |
5627 | ||
9bae34bf RS |
5628 | +++ |
5629 | *** New variables `gc-elapsed' and `gcs-done' provide extra information | |
5630 | on garbage collection. | |
5631 | ||
5632 | +++ | |
5633 | *** The normal hook `post-gc-hook' is run at the end of garbage collection. | |
5634 | ||
5635 | The hook is run with GC inhibited, so use it with care. | |
5636 | \f | |
5637 | * New Packages for Lisp Programming in Emacs 22.1 | |
5638 | ||
5639 | +++ | |
a5768150 RS |
5640 | ** The new library button.el implements simple and fast `clickable |
5641 | buttons' in emacs buffers. Buttons are much lighter-weight than the | |
5642 | `widgets' implemented by widget.el, and can be used by lisp code that | |
5643 | doesn't require the full power of widgets. Emacs uses buttons for | |
5644 | such things as help and apropos buffers. | |
9bae34bf RS |
5645 | |
5646 | --- | |
5647 | ** The new library tree-widget.el provides a widget to display a set | |
5648 | of hierarchical data as an outline. For example, the tree-widget is | |
5649 | well suited to display a hierarchy of directories and files. | |
5650 | ||
f19b57e3 | 5651 | +++ |
9bae34bf RS |
5652 | ** The new library bindat.el provides functions to unpack and pack |
5653 | binary data structures, such as network packets, to and from Lisp | |
5654 | data structures. | |
5655 | ||
9bae34bf RS |
5656 | --- |
5657 | ** master-mode.el implements a minor mode for scrolling a slave | |
5658 | buffer without leaving your current buffer, the master buffer. | |
5659 | ||
5660 | It can be used by sql.el, for example: the SQL buffer is the master | |
5661 | and its SQLi buffer is the slave. This allows you to scroll the SQLi | |
5662 | buffer containing the output from the SQL buffer containing the | |
5663 | commands. | |
5664 | ||
5665 | This is how to use sql.el and master.el together: the variable | |
5666 | sql-buffer contains the slave buffer. It is a local variable in the | |
5667 | SQL buffer. | |
5668 | ||
5669 | (add-hook 'sql-mode-hook | |
5670 | (function (lambda () | |
5671 | (master-mode t) | |
5672 | (master-set-slave sql-buffer)))) | |
5673 | (add-hook 'sql-set-sqli-hook | |
5674 | (function (lambda () | |
5675 | (master-set-slave sql-buffer)))) | |
5676 | ||
a5768150 RS |
5677 | +++ |
5678 | ** The new library benchmark.el does timing measurements on Lisp code. | |
5679 | ||
5680 | This includes measuring garbage collection time. | |
5681 | ||
9bae34bf RS |
5682 | +++ |
5683 | ** The new library testcover.el does test coverage checking. | |
5684 | ||
5685 | This is so you can tell whether you've tested all paths in your Lisp | |
5686 | code. It works with edebug. | |
5687 | ||
5688 | The function `testcover-start' instruments all functions in a given | |
5689 | file. Then test your code. The function `testcover-mark-all' adds | |
5690 | overlay "splotches" to the Lisp file's buffer to show where coverage | |
5691 | is lacking. The command `testcover-next-mark' (bind it to a key!) | |
5692 | will move point forward to the next spot that has a splotch. | |
5693 | ||
5694 | Normally, a red splotch indicates the form was never completely | |
5695 | evaluated; a brown splotch means it always evaluated to the same | |
5696 | value. The red splotches are skipped for forms that can't possibly | |
5697 | complete their evaluation, such as `error'. The brown splotches are | |
5698 | skipped for forms that are expected to always evaluate to the same | |
5699 | value, such as (setq x 14). | |
5700 | ||
5701 | For difficult cases, you can add do-nothing macros to your code to | |
5702 | help out the test coverage tool. The macro `noreturn' suppresses a | |
5703 | red splotch. It is an error if the argument to `noreturn' does | |
5704 | return. The macro `1value' suppresses a brown splotch for its argument. | |
5705 | This macro is a no-op except during test-coverage -- then it signals | |
5706 | an error if the argument actually returns differing values. | |
251584f3 | 5707 | |
efeb796b | 5708 | |
05197f40 | 5709 | \f |
a933dad1 DL |
5710 | ---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
5711 | Copyright information: | |
5712 | ||
9a21d88b KS |
5713 | Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 |
5714 | Free Software Foundation, Inc. | |
a933dad1 DL |
5715 | |
5716 | Permission is granted to anyone to make or distribute verbatim copies | |
5717 | of this document as received, in any medium, provided that the | |
5718 | copyright notice and this permission notice are preserved, | |
5719 | thus giving the recipient permission to redistribute in turn. | |
5720 | ||
5721 | Permission is granted to distribute modified versions | |
5722 | of this document, or of portions of it, | |
5723 | under the above conditions, provided also that they | |
5724 | carry prominent notices stating who last changed them. | |
05197f40 | 5725 | \f |
a933dad1 DL |
5726 | Local variables: |
5727 | mode: outline | |
5728 | paragraph-separate: "[ \f]*$" | |
5729 | end: | |
ab5796a9 MB |
5730 | |
5731 | arch-tag: 1aca9dfa-2ac4-4d14-bebf-0007cee12793 |